115-ot-srbwipl-fire Fighting

Transcript

SAIL-RITES BENGAL WAGON INDUSTRY PVT. LTD. Tender and Contract document for Design, Manufacturing, Delivery to site, Storage at site, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory in connection with setting up of Wagon Manufacturing unit of SAILRITES Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B. Open Tender Notice No: 115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011 Dated 19.12.2011 PART-1 TECHNICAL BID CONTENTS Section-1 : Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers Section-2 : Tender and Contract Form Section-3 : Special Conditions of Contract Section-4 : Schedule A to F Section-5: Technical Specifications Section-6: Drawings PART- 2 FINANCIAL BID SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES Issued to (name of Tenderer):________________________________________________ Address of tenderer: _________________________________________________ Signature of officer issuing the documents_____________ Designation ____________________ Date of Issue_________________ RITES Ltd. (A Govt. of India Enterprise) Kolkata Project Office 56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd Floor Kolkata-700 012 e. mail: [email protected] Phone No.: 033-22367118/7146/7162/7143(Fax) 1 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm RITES Ltd. (A Govt. of India Enterprise) REGIONAL PROJECT OFFICE, 56, C.R. Ave. (2nd fl), Kolkata-12 Phone No. 033-2236 7118/46/62 FAX-033 2236 7143 NIT No.115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011 Dated 19.12.2011 General Manager (Projects), RITES Ltd. invites sealed tenders for ‘Design, Manufacturing, Delivery to site, Storage at site, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory in connection with setting up of Wagon Manufacturing unit of SAIL-RITES Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B. Estimated Cost: Rs. 85.18 Lakh (Approx), EMD: Rs. 85,200/-, Completion period: 06 (Six) months. Sale of Tender Documents: 20.12.2011 to 30.12.2011. Last date of Submission of Tender: 02.01.2012 up to 14.00 Hrs. Date of opening of Tender: From 14.30 Hrs on 02.01.2012 in presence of the intending tenderers. Tender documents can be purchased from the above address at a cost of Rs.5,000/- (Rupees five thousand) only in the form of DD/PO/BC drawn on any Schedule Bank in favour of RITES Ltd., payable at Kolkata. For complete Tender Documents including qualifying criteria etc. please visit: (www.rites.com) or (www.tendertimes.com) or contact this office. Addendum/ corrigendum, if any, would be hoisted on the above websites only. 2 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION-1 NOTICE INVITING TENDER & INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS 3 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION 1 NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS Tender No115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011 Dated 19.12.2011 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Tender Notice Tenders are invited by RITES Ltd., a Public Sector Enterprise under the Ministry of Railways, acting for and on behalf of Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. (A SAIL-RITES JV) (Employer) as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder, from working contractors (including contractors who have executed works within the last five years reckoned from the scheduled date of opening of tender) of Railways, CPWD, MES, DOT, RITES, State PWD or any other Central / State Government Undertaking, Municipal Body, Autonomous Body of Central/State Governments or Public Ltd., Co. listed on BSE/NSE for the work of DESIGN, MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT SITE, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at KULTI, BURDWAN (Note : Throughout these bidding documents, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their derivatives are synonymous). 1.2 Estimated Cost of Work The work is estimated to cost Rs. 85,18,050/- (Rupees Eighty five lakh eighteen thousand fifty) only. This Estimate, however, is given merely as a rough guide. 1.3 Time for Completion The time allowed for completion will be 06 (six) months from the date of start which is defined in Schedule F under Clause 5.1a of Clauses of Contract. 1.4 DESIGN, MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT Brief Scope of Work SITE, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at KULTI, BURDWAN. The work is to be executed under the direct supervision of RITES Ltd. for development of fire fighting system as given in Section-III, V & VI of Technical Specification and relevant drawings attached with the tender documents. 1.5 Availability of Site The site for the work is available/ shall be made available in parts, as specified below: 2.0 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA TO BE SATISFIED 2.1 The Qualification Criteria to be satisfied is given at Annexure I enclosed. 2.2 Information whether Joint Venture are allowed and whether category of work is Normal or Large, is given in Annexure I enclosed. 2.3 The documents to be furnished by the Bidder to prove that he is satisfying the Qualification Criteria laid down should all be in the Bidder’s name, except in cases 4 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm where though the name has changed, the owners continued to remain the same and in cases of amalgamation of entities. 3.0 FORMAT AND CHECK LIST FOR SUBMISSION OF INFORMATION ON QUALIFICATION CRITERIA 3.1 Other than Joint Ventures The Tenderer shall furnish a Letter of Transmittal as given in Annexure II A enclosing the documents mentioned therein/listed in para 1(a) of Annexure IA. 3.2 Joint Ventures (For Large Works): Not Applicable 3.3 Joint ventures (For Normal Works): Not Applicable 4.0 CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENT 4.1 Each set of Tender or Bidding Document will comprise the Documents listed below and addenda issued in accordance with para 7 : PART – 1 :- Technical Bid Packet Section 1 Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers. Section 2 Tender and Contract Form. Section 3 Special Conditions. Section 4 Schedules A to F Section 5 Technical Specifications Section 6 Drawings Section 7 Conditions of Contract Section 8 Clauses of Contract Section 9 Safety Code Section 10 Model Rules for workers Section 11Contractor’s labour regularation PART – 2:- Financial Bid Packet Schedule of Quantities (Bill of Quantities) PART – 3:- General Conditions of Contract (read with correction Slip Nos. 1 ) 4.2 General Conditions of Contract (Compilation of Sections 7 to 11) with upto date correction slips is also available in RITES website www.rites.com 5.0 ISSUE OF TENDER DOCUMENT 5.1 A complete set of Tender Document (Technical and Financial Bid) described in Para 4.1 above can be seen in the office of the GM (P)/RITES, 56, C..R.Avenue, Kolkata12 between hours of 11.00 AM and 4.00 PM every day except on Saturdays, Sundays and Public Holidays. 5 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.2 One set of Tender Document may be purchased from the office of GM (P)/RITES, 56, C.R. Avenue, Kolkata-12 from 20.12.2011 to 30.12.2011 for a non refundable fee per set of Rs. 5,000/- (Rupees Five thousand only) in the form of Demand Draft/ Pay Order/ Banker’s cheque drawn on any Scheduled Bank payable at Kolkata in favour of RITES Ltd., on submission of an application. 5.3 Tender Documents including drawings can also be downloaded from RITES Website (www.rites.com) or (www.tendertimes.com) and in such a case, the Tenderer shall deposit the cost of tender documents along with submission of tender, failing which his tender shall not be opened. The cost of tender documents shall be deposited in the form of a separate Banker’s cheque / Demand Draft / Pay Order and enclosed in the envelope containing the Earnest Money Deposit. The amendments / clarifications to the Tender documents will also be available on the above website. Tender documents requested by mail / courier / speed post / registered post will not be entertained. 5.4 Tender Documents downloaded from RITES website shall be considered valid for participating in the tender process. During the scrutiny of downloaded tender document, if any modification / correction etc. is noticed as compared to the original documents posted on the website, the bid submitted by such a Tenderer is liable to be rejected. In case the bid of a Tenderer who has downloaded the document from website is accepted the contract shall be executed in the original / manual tender document issued by the concerned RITES officer. 5.5 Clarifications on Tender Documents A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification on the Tender Document may notify Sri P.P.Mitra /Sr. DGM (Mech.) (The official nominated for this purpose) in writing or by telefax/ or by E-mail at the following Postal Address/ Fax No./E-mail address: RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R.Avenue, Kolkata-700 012 (Fax No. 033-2236-7143 / E-mail to [email protected]. In case no Pre-Bid Meeting is to be held, then request for clarifications including request for Extension of Time for submission of Bid, if any, must be received not later than 10 (ten) days prior to the deadline for submission of tenders. Details of such questions raised and clarifications furnished will be uploaded in RITES website without identifying the names of the Bidders who had raised the questions. Any modification of the Tender Document arising out of such clarifications will also be uploaded on RITES website only. In cases where Pre-Bid Meeting is proposed to be held, provisions in para 6.0 below may be referred to. 6.0 PRE-BID MEETING: Not Applicable 7.0 AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENT 7.1 Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Tender Document may be modified by RITES Ltd. by issue of addenda/corrigendum. 6 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 7.2 Addendum/corrigendum, if any, will be hosted on website only and shall become a part of the tender document. All Tenderers are advised to see the website for addendum/ corrigendum to the tender document before submission of Tender. 7.3 To give prospective Tenderers reasonable time in which to take the addenda/ corrigenda into account in preparing their tenders, extension of the deadline for submission of tenders may be given as considered necessary by RITES. 8.0 TENDER VALIDITY 8.1 The Tender shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission of Tender or any extended date as indicated in sub para below. 8.2 In exceptional circumstances, during the process of evaluation of tenders and prior to the expiry of the original time limit for Tender Validity, the Employer may request that the Tenderers may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the tenderer’s response shall be made in writing. A Tenderer may refuse the request without forfeiting his Earnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his Financial Bid to a higher amount but will be required to extend the validity of the Earnest Money for the period of the extension. 9.0 EARNEST MONEY 9.1 The Tender should be accompanied by Earnest Money of Rs. 85,181/- (Rupees eighty five thousand one hundred eighty one only) in any of the forms given below:Banker’s Cheque / Pay Order/ Demand Draft payable at Kolkata, drawn in favour of RITES Ltd. 9.2 Any Tender not accompanied by Earnest Money in an acceptable form shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. 9.3 Refund of Earnest Money a) Two Packet System: Not Applicable b) Single Packet System After evaluation of the Financial Bids, the Earnest Money of unsuccessful Tenderers will be returned without interest within 28 days of the end of Tender Validity Period subject to provisions of Para 9.4 (b). c) In case of both Two Packet and Single Packet System, the Earnest Money of the successful Tenderer, without any interest, will be adjusted as a part of the Security Deposit payable in terms of provisions in the General Conditions of Contract (Clause 1A of Clauses of Contract). 9.4 The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited a) if after bid opening, but before expiry of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance, whichever is earlier, any Tenderer i) withdraws his tender or 7 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ii) makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not acceptable to the Employer. b) in case any statement/information/document furnished by the Tenderer is found to be incorrect or false. c) in the case of a successful Tenderer, if the Tenderer i) fails to furnish the Performance Guarantee within the period specified under Clause 1 of “Clauses of Contract”. ii) fails to commence the work without valid reasons within 15 days after the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later. In case of forfeiture of E.M.D as prescribed hereinabove, the Tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the retendering process of the work. 10.0 ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS BY THE TENDERERS The Tenderers shall submit offers, which comply strictly with the requirements of the Tender Document. Alternatives or any modifications shall render the Tender invalid. 11.0 SUBMISSION OF TENDER 11.1 Two Packet System and Single Packet System (a) Two Packet System: Not Applicable The tenderer shall submit the Tender in original in two packets as under:PACKET A :- TECHNICAL BID Envelope 1 Envelope 2 Earnest Money & Cost of Tender Document if the bid is submitted on the document downloaded from RITES website “Authority to Sign”, ‘Integrity Pact’ (when applicable) and Qualification Information along with all enclosures / documents as per Letter of Transmittal/ Checklist given in Annexure II A/ II B (L)/IIB(N). As regards “Authority to Sign” Para 11.2 below may be referred to. As regards ‘Integrity Pact’, para 11.7 below may be referred to. Technical Bid (Part 1 and Part 3) (Refer Para 4.1) including signature on Tender Form (Section 2) duly witnessed after filling up blanks therein. Each page of the above documents including all Drawings should bear the dated initials of the Tenderer along with the seal of the Company, in token of confirmation of having understood the Contents. 8 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PACKET B: - FINANCIAL BID Envelope 3 Schedule/Bill of Quantities. Each page of the Financial Bid (Part 2 – Refer Para 4.1) should be signed by the Tenderer along with the seal of the company. In the last page of Financial Bid, at the end, the Tenderer should sign in full with the name of the Company, Seal of the Company and Date. All rates and amounts, whether in figures or words, must be written in indelible ink. Each correction, cutting, addition and overwriting should be initialed by the Tenderer The rates must be quoted in decimal coinage. Amounts must be quoted in full rupees by ignoring fifty paise and less and considering more than fifty paise as rupee one. If the same item figures in more than one section/part of Schedule of Quantities, the Tenderer should quote the same rate for that item in all sections/parts. If different rates are quoted for the same item, the least of the different rates quoted only shall be considered for evaluation of that item in all sections/parts of the Schedule of Quantities. Instructions contained in subsequent Para 17.6 (a) on “Item rate tender” and 17.6 (b) on “Percentage rate tender” may be carefully studied and complied with. b) Single Packet System : Applicable Both Technical Bid (including signature on Tender Form in Section 2 duly witnessed) and Financial Bid Documents will be submitted in one Packet. Precautions as described above for Two Packet System shall be observed by the tenderers. 11.2 Authority to Sign a) b) c) d) e) 11.3 If the applicant is an individual, he should sign above his full type written name and current address. If the applicant is a proprietary firm, the Proprietor should sign above his full type written name and the full name of his firm with its current address. If the applicant is a firm in partnership, the Documents should be signed by all the partners of the firm above their full type written names and current addresses. Alternatively the Documents should be signed by the person holding Power of Attorney for the firm in the Format at Annexure IV. If the applicant is a limited Company, or a Corporation, the Documents shall be signed by a duly authorized person holding Power of Attorney for signing the Documents in the Format at Annexure IV. If the applicant is a Joint Venture, the Documents shall be signed by the Lead Member holding Power of Attorney for signing the Document in the Format at Annexure V. The signatory on behalf of such Lead Partner shall be the one holding the Power of Attorney in the Format at Annexure IV. Items to be kept in mind while furnishing details While filling in Qualification Information documents and the Financial Bid, following should be kept in mind: 9 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 11.4 i) There shall be no additions or alterations except those to comply with the instructions issued by the Employer or as necessary to correct errors, if any, made by the Tenderers. ii) Conditional Offer/ Tender will be rejected. Unconditional rebate/ discounts in the Financial offer will however be accepted. iii) The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any conditional rebate/discounts. While evaluating the Bid Price, the conditional rebates/discounts which are in excess of the requirements of the bidding documents or otherwise result in accrual of unsolicited benefits to the Employer, shall not be taken into account. Sealing and Marking of Tenders 11.4.1 Two Packet System: Not applicable (a) PACKET A – TECHNICAL BID Envelopes 1 & 2 as described in Para 11.1 (a) above should be sealed separately superscribing “Technical Bid” with Envelope Number, Name of the work and Name of the tenderer. In addition, the following should also be superscribed on the respective envelopes. Envelope 1 i) Earnest Money ii) Cost of Tender Document if the Bid is submitted on the document downloaded from RITES website. Envelope 2 i) Authority to Sign, ‘Integrity Pact’ (when applicable as per para 11.7 below) and Qualification Information/ documents as per checklist in Annexure IIA / IIB (L)/ II B (N). ii) Technical Bid including Drawings Both the envelopes should be put in a packet which should be sealed. The following should be superscribed on the packet: i) ii) iii) Packet A – Technical Bid Name of the Work Name of the Tenderer (b) PACKET B – FINANCIAL BID Envelope 3 – Financial Bid should be put in Packet B which should be sealed. The following should be superscribed on the packet. i) Packet B - Financial Bid ii) Name of the work iii) Name of the tenderer 10 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm (c) Both packets A and B should be put inside an outer envelope and sealed. This envelope should be superscribed with the following details: i) Tender for (Name of work) ii) Tender number iii) Date and time of opening of Tender iv) From (Name of Tenderer) v) Addressed to ---- (RITES Officer inviting the Tender) 11.4.2 Single Packet System: Applicable Two envelopes of Technical Bid and one of Financial Bid shall be made out as stipulated in Para 11.4.1 (a) and (b) above with the Name of the work and Name of the Tenderer superscribed on each of the envelopes. All the three envelopes shall be put in a Single Packet which shall be superscribed in the same manner as given in Para 11.4.1 (c) above. 11.4.3 If the envelopes and packets are not superscribed and sealed as indicated in Paras 11.4.1/ 11.4.2 above, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Tender. 11.5 Deadline for submission of Tender 11.5.1 Tenders must be received by the Employer at the following address not later than 14.00 Hrs. on 02.01.2012. In the event of the specified date for the submission of the Tender being declared a holiday due to Strike/Bandh or on any account by the Employer, the Tenders will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day. Address for submission of Tender: General Manager (Project), RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-700 012. 11.5.2 The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of Tenders by issuing an amendment in writing in accordance with Para 7.3 in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and the Tenderer previously subject to the original deadline will be subject to new deadline. 11.6 11.7 Late Tender / Delayed Tender Any Tender received by the Employer after the specified date and time of receipt of Tender will be returned unopened to the Tenderer. Integrity Pact: Not Applicable. (i) The Bidder/Contractor is required to enter into an Integrity Pact with the Employer, in the Format at Annexure VIII. The Integrity Pact enclosed as Annexure VIII will be signed by RITES for and on behalf of Employer as its Agent/Power of Attorney Holder at the time of execution of Agreement with the successful Bidder. While submitting the Bid, the Integrity Pact shall be signed by the duly authorized signatory of the Bidder/Lead Member of JV. In case of failure to submit the Integrity Pact duly signed and witnessed, along with the Bid, the Bid is likely to be rejected. 11 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm (ii) In case of any contradiction between the Terms and Conditions of the Bid Document and the Integrity Pact, the former will prevail. Provided always that provision of this para 11.7 – Integrity Pact, shall be applicable only when so provided in para 11.7A below which will also stipulate the name and address of the Independent External Monitor as well as the Name, designation and address of the official nominated by the Employer to act as the Liaison Officer between the Independent External Monitor and the Engineer-in-Charge as well as the Contractor. 11.7A Whether para 11.7 (Integrity Pact) shall be applicable *Strike out whichever is not applicable *YES / *NO If Yes, Name and Address of the Independent External Monitor (In case value of contract is Rs.10 crores or more) Name, Designation and Address of RITES’ Liaison Officer 11.8 Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 11.8.1 Tenderers may modify or withdraw their bids by giving notice in writing before the deadline prescribed in para 11.5 for submission of Bids. 11.8.2 Each modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and delivered in accordance with paras 11.1, 11.2 and 11.4 with the outer envelopes additionally marked ‘Modification’ or ‘Withdrawal’ as appropriate. The envelopes for modifications on ‘Technical Bid’ and ‘Financial Bid’ shall be submitted in separate sealed envelopes and marked as ‘Modifications of Technical Bid’ or ‘Modifications of Financial Bid’ as the case may be. 11.8.3 No bid may be modified after the deadline for submission of Bids except as indicated below. If a Bidder makes a suo moto offer of rebate / discount in his Financial Bid after the deadline for submission of Bids, such offer will not be considered for Financial evaluation of Tenders. But if the Tenderer is successful in the Bid based on his original offer without considering the suo moto offer, the rebate / discount offered will be taken into account for incorporation in the Contract Agreement. 11.8.4 Withdrawal or modification of a Bid, subject to provisions in Para 11.8.3 above, after the deadline for submission of Bids shall result in forfeiture of the Earnest Money. 12.0 TENDER OPENING, EVALUATION AND CLARIFICATIONS OF APPLICATIONS 12.1 The Employer will open all the Tenders received (except those received late or delayed) as described in para 12.2/12.3 below, in the presence of the Tenderers or their representatives who choose to attend at 14.30 Hrs. on 02.01.2012 in the office of General Manager (Project), RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-700 012. In the event of the specified date of the opening being declared a holiday by the Employer, the Tenders will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. 12.2 Two Packet System: Not Applicable 12 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm (a) (i) The PACKET A will be opened and Envelope 1 containing Earnest Money and Cost of Tender Document (where Bid is submitted in the document downloaded from RITES website) of all the Tenderers will be opened first and checked. If the Earnest Money furnished is not for the stipulated amount or is not in an acceptable form and where applicable, the cost of Tender Document has not been enclosed for the correct amount and in an acceptable form, the Envelope 2 of PACKET A (TECHNICAL BID) and PACKET B will be returned to the Tenderer concerned unopened at the time of opening of the Tender itself. The Envelopes 2 of PACKET A (TECHNICAL BID) of other Tenderers who have furnished Earnest Money of correct amount in acceptable form and where applicable the cost of Tender Document for the correct amount and in an acceptable form will then be opened. The Tenderer’s name, the presence of Earnest Money and Authority to sign and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be announced by the Employer at the time of opening of Packet A. PACKET B (FINANCIAL BID) of the Tenderers whose Technical Bids have been accepted for evaluation will be checked to see if the seals are intact. All such PACKETS B will be put in an envelope and sealed. The Employer’s official opening the Tender will sign on this envelope and will also take the signatures of preferably atleast two Tenderers or their representatives present. This envelope will be kept in safe custody by the Employer. (b) The Employer will scrutinise the Technical Bids accepted for evaluation to determine whether each Tenderer (i) (ii) (iii) has submitted `Authority to sign’ as per para 11.2 above and Integrity Pact (where applicable) duly signed and witnessed as per para 11.7 above; meets the Qualification Criteria stipulated in Para 2.0; and conforms to all terms, conditions and specifications of the Tender Document without any modifications or conditions. (c) If required, the Employer may ask any such Tenderer for clarifications on his Technical Bid. The request for clarification and the response from the Tenderer will be in writing. If a Tenderer does not submit the clarification/document requested, by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, the bid of such Tenderer is likely to be rejected. Tenderers whose Technical Bids are not found acceptable will be advised of the same and their Earnest Money and PACKET B (FINANCIAL BID) will be returned unopened. Tenderers whose Technical Bids are found acceptable will be advised accordingly and will also be intimated in writing of the time and date and place where and when the PACKET B (Financial Bid) will be opened. (d) At the appointed place, time and date, in the presence of the Tenderers or their representatives who choose to be present, the Employer will open the envelopes containing the PACKET B (FINANCIAL BID). The Tenderer’s name, the tender amount quoted and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be announced by the Employer. 12.3 Single Packet System: (a) Envelope 1 of all the Tenders will be opened first and checked. If the Earnest Money furnished is not for the stipulated amount or is not in an acceptable form and where applicable the Cost of Tender Document has not been furnished for the correct amount Applicable 13 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm and in an acceptable form, the remaining envelopes will be returned to the tenderer concerned unopened at the time of opening of the Tender itself. The Envelopes no. 2 of Technical Bid and no. 3 of Financial Bid of other Tenderers who have furnished Earnest Money and where applicable the Cost of Tender Document, in acceptable form will then be opened. The Tenderer’s name, the presence of Earnest Money, the Authority to Sign the Tender, amount quoted and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be announced by the Employer. 13.0 INSPECTION OF SITE BY THE TENDERERS Tenderers are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy themselves before submitting their Tenders, as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil (as far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site, the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect their Tender. A Tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The Tenderer shall be responsible for arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity, access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents. Submission of a tender by a Tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant etc. will be issued to him by the Employer and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of the work. 14.0 EMPLOYER’S RIGHT ON ACCEPTANCE OF ANY TENDER (i) If required, the Employer may ask any Tenderer the breakdown of unit rates. If the Tenderer does not submit the clarification by the date and time set in the Employers request for clarification, such Tender is likely to be rejected. (ii) The competent authority on behalf of the Employer does not bind himself to accept the lowest or any other Tender and reserves to himself the authority to reject any or all the Tenders received without the assignment of any reason. All Tenders in which any of the prescribed conditions is not fulfilled or any condition is put forth by the Tenderer shall be summarily rejected. 15.0 CANVASSING PROHIBITED Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the Contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection. 16.0 EMPLOYER’s RIGHT TO ACCEPT WHOLE OR PART OF THE TENDER The competent authority on behalf of the Employer reserves to himself the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the Tenderer shall be bound to perform the same at the rates quoted. 17.0 MISCELLANEOUS RULES AND DIRECTIONS 14 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 17.1 The Tenderer shall not be permitted to tender for works if his near relative is posted as Associated Finance Officer between the grades of AGM (F) and J.M (F) in the concerned SBU Unit of RITES or as an officer in any capacity between the grades of GGM/GM and Engineer (both inclusive) of the concerned SBU of the Employer. He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives to any Gazetted officer in the organization of the Employer. Any breach of this condition by the Tenderer would render his Tender to be rejected. No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Organisation of the Employer is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from the Employer’s service without the previous permission of the Employer in writing. The contract is liable to be cancelled if either the Contractor or any of his employees is found any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the Employer as aforesaid before submission of the tender or engagement in the Contractor’s service. 17.2 If required by the Employer, the Tenderers shall sign a declaration under the officials Secret Act 1923, for maintaining secrecy of the tender documents drawings or other records connected with the work given to them. The unsuccessful Tenderers shall return all the drawings given to them. 17.3 Use of correcting fluid anywhere in tender document is not permitted. Such tender is liable for rejection. 17.4 a) In the case of Item Rate Tenders, only rates quoted shall be considered. Any tender containing percentage below/above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. Rates quoted by the Tenderer in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the Tenderer shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the Tenderer or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the Tenderer in words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the Tenderer in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the Tenderer will, unless otherwise provided, be taken as correct and not the amount. In the event that no rate has been quoted for any item(s), leaving space both in figure (s) or word(s) and the amount blank, it will be presumed that the Tenderer has included the cost of this/ these item (s) in other items and rate for such item (s) will be considered as zero and work will be required to be executed accordingly. b) In case of percentage Rate Tender only percentage quoted shall be considered. Any tender containing item rates is liable to be rejected. Percentage quoted by the Tenderer in percentage rate tender shall be accurately filled in figures and words so that there is no discrepancy. If, for any Schedule in Financial Bid, the total amount has been indicated by the Tenderer and if discrepancy is noticed in the percentages quoted in words and figures, then the percentage which corresponds with the total amount, shall, unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the total amount is not worked out or if worked out, it does not correspond with the percentages written either in figures or in words, then the percentage quoted by Tenderer in words shall be taken as correct. When the percentages quoted by the Tenderer in figures and in words tally but the total amount is not worked out correctly, the percentage quoted by the Tenderes shall 15 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 17.5 17.6 17.7 be taken as correct, unless proved otherwise and the total amount worked out accordingly. In the case of any Item rate tender where unit rate of any item/items appears unrealistic, such tender will be considered as unbalanced and in case the Tenderer is unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such a tender is liable to be disqualified and rejected. (a) In Item rate Tender, all rates shall be quoted on the tender form. The amount for each item should be worked out and requisite totals given. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amount in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount in each Schedule should be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be written before the figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. Rs.2.15 P and in case of words, the word, ‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paise’ should be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount and it should not be written in the next line. (b) In Percentage Rate Tender, the Tenderer shall quote percentage below / above (in figures as well as in words) at which he will be willing to execute the work. He shall also work out the total amount of his offer and the same should be written in figures as well as in words in such a way that no interpolation is possible. In case of figures, the word “Rs” should be written before the figure rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures (eg.) Rs.2.15 P and in case of words the word “Rupees” should precede and the word “Paisa” should be written at the end. Sales-tax/VAT (except Service Tax), purchase tax, turnover tax or any other tax/ Cess on material, labour and Works in respect of this Contract shall be payable by the Contractor and the Employer will not entertain any claim whatsoever in respect of the same. However, in respect of Service Tax, same shall be paid by the Contractor to the concerned department on demand and it will be reimbursed to him by the Engineer-inCharge after satisfying that it has been actually and genuinely paid by the Contractor. 17.8 Each Bidder shall submit only one Bid either as an individual or as a Proprietor in a Proprietary firm or as a Partner in a Partnership firm or as a Director of a limited Company/ Corporation or as a Partner in a Joint Venture. Any Bidder who has submitted a Bid for a work, shall not be a witness for any other Bidder for the same work. Failure to observe the above stipulations would render all such Tenders submitted as a Bidder and / or as a witness, liable to summary rejection. 17.9 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters arising out of the Performance of the Contract and shall, at his own expense, comply with all laws/ acts/ enactments/ orders/ regulations/ obligations whatsoever of the Government of India, State Government, Local Body and any Statutory Authority. 18.0 SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT 18.1 The Tenderer whose tender has been accepted will be notified of the award by the Employer by issue of a `Letter of Acceptance’ ‘ prior to expiration of the Bid Validity period, in the form at Annexure VI. 16 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm The Letter of Acceptance will be sent to the Contractor in two copies one of which he should return promptly, duly signed and stamped. The Letter of Acceptance will be a binding Contract between the Employer and the Contractor till the formal Contract Agreement is executed. 18.2 Within the period as specified in Clause 1 of `Clause of Contract’, of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance, the successful Tenderer shall deliver to the Employer, Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where applicable) in the format prescribed. 18.3 The Tenderer whose Tender is accepted shall be required to submit at his cost stamp papers of appropriate value as per the provisions of Indian Stamp Act within 15 days of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. 18.4 At the same time the Employer notifies the successful Tenderer that his Tender has been accepted, the Employer will direct him to attend the Employer’s office within 28 days of issue of Letter of Acceptance for signing the Agreement in the proforma at Annexure VII. The Agreement will however be signed only after the Contractor furnishes Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where applicable) and hence, where justified, the period of 28 days stipulated above will be extended suitably. 17 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE – I QUALIFYING CRITERIA FOR WORKS CONTRACTS 1. Annual Financial Turnover: 2. WORK EXPERIENCE a) Not applicable Similar Works Experience (i) For works in normal areas (other than difficult areas) The Bidder should have satisfactorily completed in his own name or proportionate share as a member of a Joint Venture, at least one similar work of minimum value of Rs. 68.14 lakhs OR at least two similar works each of minimum value of Rs. 42.59 OR at least three similar works each of minimum value of Rs. 34.07 during the last 5 (five) years prior to the last stipulated date for submission of the Bid. Works completed prior to the cut off date shall not be considered. Similar Works Similar Works shall mean the work of design, manufacturing, supply, erection and successfully commissioning of Industrial Fire Fighting System comprising of hydrant System, pumping system & Automatic Fire Detection and alarm System Notes : A weightage of 5% (compounded annually from the date of completion of the work to the submission of the Bid) shall be given for equating the value of works of the previous years to the current year. - Only such works shall be considered where physical completion of entire work is over or commissioning of work has been done, whichever is earlier. - The Bidder should submit the details of such similar completed works as per the format at Proforma-1 enclosed. - Works carried out by another Contractor on behalf of the Bidder on a back to back basis will not be considered for satisfaction of the Qualification Criterion by the Bidder. - Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations/ Public Sector Undertakings/ Autonomous bodies of Central/State Governments / Municipal bodies/ Public Ltd. Cos. listed in Stock Exchange in India or abroad, shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a Tenderer. - The cut off date shall be calculated backwards from the last stipulated date for submission/ opening of Tender i.e. for a Tender which is being opened on 06.08.2011, the cut off date shall be 07.08.06. - In case JV is permitted the following provisions will apply: 18 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) Construction Experience in key activities/specified components -------N / A-------------------------------------------------------------------------(Ideally only very few and that too, specialized components of the work may be specified at the discretion of NIT approving authority). Notes: - - - - The work satisfying the criterion for a particular key activity may be different from a work satisfying the criterion for another key activity. The Bidder should furnish with his Bid a tabular statement giving contractwise quantities of key activities / specialised components executed in the last 5 years which meet the Qualification Criterion along with documentary proof in support thereof (indicating page nos.). Even if a work has not been completed but if the specified quantity of the key activity has been completed, the same shall be taken into consideration for the purpose of this criterion. Any work executed by the Bidder as a member of a Joint Venture will be accepted provided there is documentary proof in support of the same either in the MOU/ Agreement of the JV or in a declaration by the other Members of that JV or the Client confirming that the specialized work was actually executed by the Bidder. In case JV is permitted the following provisions will apply: Not Applicabl;e 3. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE: Not Applicable 4. PROFITABILITY: Not Applicable 5. POINTS TO NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF QUALIFYING CRITERIA IN CASE OF BOTH LARGE AND NORMAL WORKS a) Sub-Contractor’s Experiences and Resources Sub-Contractors’ Experiences and Resources will not be taken into account in determining the Bidder’s compliance with the qualifying criteria. b) Experiences and Resources of the Parent Company and other subsidiary companies If the Bidder is a wholly owned subsidiary of a company, the experience and resources of the owner/parent company or its other subsidiaries will not be taken into account. However, if the Bidder is a Company, the Experience and Resources of its subsidiaries will be taken into consideration. 6. DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER Even though the Bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have a) Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements. In such a case, besides 19 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) c) d) Tenderer’s liability to action under para 9.4 of Instructions to Tenderers, the Tenderer is liable to face the penalty of banning of business dealings with him by RITES. Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc. Their business banned or suspended by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertaking or Enterprise of Central/State Government and such ban is in force. Not submitted all the supporting documents or not furnished the relevant details as per the prescribed format. A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper of Rs. 10/duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in Proforma 3 enclosed. 20 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Proforma-1 LIST OF SIMILAR WORKS SATISFYING QUALIFICATION CRITERION COMPLETED DURING THE LAST 5 YEARS S. Client's Name of Scope of Agreement / Letter of No. Name the Work & work Location carried Award No. and and date out by Address the Bidder Contract Value Awarded Actual on completion Ref. of Date of start Date of Completion Reasons for document delay in completion (with page if any no.) in support of meeting Qualification Criterion As per Actual LOA/ Agreement SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER Note : 1. In support of having completed above works, attach self attested copies of the completion certificate from the owner/client or Executing Agency / Consultant appointed by owner / Client indicating the name of work, the description of work done by the Bidder, date of start, date of completion (contractual & actual) and contract value as awarded and as executed by the Bidder. “Contract Value” shall mean gross value of the completed work including cost of materials supplied by the owner/client but excluding those supplied free of cost. 2. Such Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations / Public Sector Undertakings / Autonomous bodies of Central or State Government / Municipal Bodies / Public Ltd. Co. listed on BSE/NSE shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a Tenderer. 3. In case of a Certificate from a Public Limited Co., the Bidder should also submit documentary proof that the Public Ltd. Co., was listed on BSE or NSE when the work was executed for it. Information must be furnished for works carried out by the Bidder in his own name or proportionate share as member of a Joint Venture. In the latter case details of contract value including extent of financial participation by partners in that work should be furnished. 21 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4. If a Bidder has got a work executed through a Subcontractor on a back to back basis, the Bidder cannot include such a work for his satisfying the Qualification Criterion even if the Client has issued a Completion Certificate in favour of that Bidder. 5. Use a separate sheet for each partner in case of a Joint Venture. 6. Only similar works completed during the last 5 years prior to the last stipulated date for submission of Bid, which meet the Qualification Criterion need be included in this list. 22 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Proforma 2 SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FROM A NATIONALISED OR A SCHEDULED BANK NOT APPLICABLE 23 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Proforma 3 DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER (Affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Rs.10/- duly attested by Notary / Magistrate) This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this offer confirm that:i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements; ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc. iii) No Central / State Government Department/ Public Sector Undertaking or Enterprise of Central / State Government has banned/suspended business dealings with us as on date. iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant details as per prescribed format. v) List of Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma 1 does not include any work which has been carried out by us through a Subcontractor on a back to back basis. vi) The information and documents submitted with the Tender and those to be submitted subsequently by way of clarifications / making good deficient documents are correct and we are fully responsible for the correctness of the information and documents submitted by us. vii) We understand that in case any statement/information/document furnished by us or to be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect or false, our EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned. SEAL, SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER signing this document 24 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE I A CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED 1. a) BY BIDDERS OTHER THAN JOINT VENTURES i) Annual Financial Turnover: tabular Not Applicable Annual financial turnover for each of the last 5 Financial Years in form. - ii) Work Experience - - iii) Self attested copies of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement for the relevant Financial Year in which the minimum criterion is met (Refer Notes under Para 1 of Annexure I). Similar Work Experience : Proforma 1 of Annexure I with details of 1, 2 or 3 works as the case may be, which satisfy requisite qualification criterion with self attested copies of supporting document (Refer Para 2a of Annexure I). Construction Experience in Key Activities/Specialised Components: Tabular Statement giving contract-wise quantities executed in last 5 years along with documentary proof in support of having met the criterion (Refer Para 2b of Annexure I). Solvency Certificate. Suggested format at Proforma 2 of Annexure I (Refer Para 3 of Annexure I) iv) Profitability - v) Net profit of last 5 Financial Years in tabular form. Self attested copies of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheets and Profit and Loss Statements for last 5 or 3 Financial Years, as the case may be (Refer Para 4 of Annexure I). Declaration by Bidder Proforma 3 (Refer Para 6 of Annexure I) vi) Integrity Pact (where applicable) : duly signed and witnessed in the format at Annexure VIII (Refer para 11.7 of NIT & Instructions to Tenderers) b) BY JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS FOR “LARGE WORKS”: Not Applicable 25 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE II A QUALIFICATION INFORMATION/CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS --LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY OTHER THAN JOINT VENTURES (on letter head of the Applicant) From _____________ To RITES Ltd._________ (Authority Inviting Tender) Sir, Sub: Submission of Qualification information /documents as per Checklist. 1. I/We hereby submit the following documents in support of my/our satisfying the Qualification Criteria laid down for the work:a) Self attested copy of a certificate, confirming that the applicant is a working contractor or has executed any work within the last five years reckoned from the date of opening of Tender, issued by Railways, CPWD, MES, DOT, RITES, State PWD or any other Central/State Government Undertaking, Municipal Body, Autonomous Body of Central or State Government or Public Limited Company listed on NSE/BSE. b) Annual Financial Turnover: Not Applicable (i) Annual financial turnover for each of the last 5 Financial Years in a tabular form. (ii) Self attested copy of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement and Schedules for the relevant Financial Year in which the minimum criterion is met, with calculations in support of the same. c) Work Experience i) Similar Work Experience :- In Proforma 1 with details of 1 / 2 / 3 works as applicable and self attested copies of supporting documents as mentioned therein. ii) Construction experience in key activities / specialised components: Tabular Statement giving contract wise quantities executed in last 5 years with documentary proof. d) Solvency Certificate - Proforma 2. (Not Applicable) e) Profitability - (Not Applicable) 2. In addition the following supporting documents are also enclosed. a) b) c) d) Self attested copy of Partnership Deed/Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Firm. Self attested copies of PAN/TAN issued by the Income Tax Department. Declaration – Proforma 3 Self attested copy of Sales Tax, Works Contract Tax, Service Tax Registration Certificate (as applicable). 26 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm e) f) g) Self attested copy of Registration under Labour Laws, like PF, ESI etc. Self attested copy of ISO 9000 Certificate ( if any) Integrity Pact (where applicable): duly signed and witnessed.: Not Applicable 3. I authorize you to approach any Bank, Individual, Employer, Firm or Corporation, whether mentioned in the enclosed documents or not, to verify our competence and general reputation. 4. I also enclose written Power of Attorney of the signatory of the Tender on behalf of the Tenderer. Yours faithfully, Encl: As in Paras 1, 2 & 4 Signature of Applicant with Name _________________ Date with seal 27 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE II B (L) QUALIFICATION INFORMATION /CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS – LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY JOINT VENTURE (FOR LARGE WORKS COSTING OVER Rs.30 CRORES) (To be signed by the Lead Member on his Letter Head) DELETED 28 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE II B (N) QUALIFICATION INFORMATION /CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS - LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY JOINT VENTURE (FOR NORMAL WORKS COSTING BETWEEN Rs.1 CRORE and Rs.30 CRORES) (To be signed by the Lead Member in his Letter Head) DELETED 29 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE III DRAFT MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING EXECUTED BY MEMBERS OF THE CONSORTIUM / JOINT VENTURE (On each firm’s Letter Head) DELETED 30 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE IV FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO AUTHORISED SIGNATORY POWER OF ATTORNEY (To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with relevant Stamp Act. The stamp paper to be in the name of the firm/ company who is issuing the Power of Attorney). We, M/s.______ (name of the firm/company with address of the registered office) hereby constitute, appoint and authorise Mr./Ms.______ (Name and residential address) who is presently employed with us and holding the position of ______ and whose signature is given below as our Attorney to do in our name and our behalf all or any of the acts, deeds or things necessary or incidental to our bid for the work _____ (name of work), including signing and submission of application / proposal, participating in the meetings, responding to queries, submission of information / documents and generally to represent us in all the dealings with RITES or any other Government Agency or any person, in connection with the works until culmination of the process of bidding, till the Contract Agreement is entered into with RITES and thereafter till the expiry of the Contract Agreement. We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by our said Attorney pursuant to this Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid Attorney shall always be deemed to have been done by us. (Add in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture) Our firm is a Member/Lead Member of the Consortium of ___________, _________ and ___________. Dated this the _____ day of ______ 20 (Signature and name of authorized signatory being given Power of Attorney) ___________ (Signature and name in block letters of *All the partners of the firm, * Authorized Signatory for the Company) (* Strike out whichever is not applicable) Seal of firm/ Company Witness 1: Name: Address: Occupation: Witness 2: Name: Address: Occupation: 31 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Notes: - In case the Firm / Company is a Member of a Consortium/ JV, the authorized signatory has to be the one employed by the Lead Member. - The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure. 32 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE V FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO LEAD MEMBER OF CONSORTIUM / JOINT VENTURE DELETED 33 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE VI (FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE) (By REGD POST / ACK.DUE) (On the letter head of RITES) NO. : RITES/ Dated : To _________________aggregate (Name & Address of the Contractor) Dear Sirs, Sub: TENDER No. FOR THE WORK OF Ref: Your Tender dated _________________ and letters dated _____________ and this office letter Nos. ___________ dated___________ in reply to the same. This is to notify you that your Tender for the work under reference has been accepted by the Competent Authority of RITES LIMITED for a total Contract Price of Rs. _______ (Rupees _____________only) in its capacity as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder acting for and on behalf of ______ (the Employer). Pursuant to Clause 1 of the Contract, you are required to furnish irrevocable Performance Guarantee for an amount equivalent to 5% (Five percent) of the Contract Price and an Additional Performance Guarantee for an amount of Rs. ------------ (if applicable). The Guarantee Bonds aggregating for an amount of Rs.______________ are required to be submitted within ___ days of issue of this Letter of Acceptance. Bank Guarantees issued by the following Banks will not be acceptable _____________________ (Names of Banks _________) The time of ________months allowed for execution of the work will be reckoned from the date of start as defined in Schedule F or from the first day of the handing over of the site, whichever is later, in accordance with phasing, if any, indicated in tender document. You are requested to contact _________ (complete designation and address of the Project Coordinator) for carrying out the contract. You are also requested to attend this office within Twenty Eight days from the date of issue of this letter for execution of the formal agreement. It may be noted that no payment shall be made for any work carried out by you till the Agreement is executed and till such time the Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where applicable) has/have been submitted by you. 34 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm This Letter of Acceptance is being sent to you in duplicate and you are requested to return without delay one copy of the letter duly signed and stamped, as a token of your acknowledgement. Kindly note that this Letter of Acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding Contract between us pending execution of formal Agreement. Your letters as well as this office letters referred to above shall form part of the Contract. Yours faithfully, RITES LIMITED Agent / Power of Attorney Holder For and on behalf of______ (The Employer) Copy to : 1. ___________ (The Employer) for information. (To be included on the Original sent to the Contractor) 2. Project Coordinator (Complete designation and address) 3. Associated Finance (Not in original) 35 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE VII FORM OF AGREEMENT (ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE) Agreement No. ________ dated _________ THIS AGREEMENT is made on ________ day of ______ Two thousand ________ between RITES Ltd. a Government of India Enterprise and a Company registered under Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at SCOPE Minar, Laxmi Nagar, Delhi - 110092 and its Corporate Office at RITES BHAWAN, Plot No.1, Sector 29, Gurgaon (Haryana) representing through ____________, RITES LIMITED acting for and on behalf of and as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder of _____ hereinafter called the Employer (which expression shall, wherever the context so demands or requires, include their successors in office and assigns) on one part and M/s.______ hereinafter called the Contractor (which expression shall wherever the context so demands or requires, include his/ their successors and assigns) of the other part. WHEREAS the Employer is desirous that certain works should be executed viz.___________ (brief description of the work) and has by Letter of Acceptance dated ____ accepted a tender submitted by the Contractor for the execution, completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of such works at a total Contract Price of Rs. ______ (Rupees ______________ only) NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to. 2. The following documents in conjunction with addenda/ corrigenda to Tender Documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this agreement viz. The Letter of Acceptance dated______. Priced Schedule (Bill) of Quantities Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers. RITES Tender and Contract Form Special Conditions Schedules A to F. Technical Specifications Drawings Amendments to Tender Documents (List enclosed) General Conditions of Contract (read with Correction Slip Nos. 1 to --) comprising of (i) Conditions of Contract (ii) Clauses of Contract (iii) RITES Safety Code (iv) RITES - Model Rules for the protection of Health and Sanitary arrangements for Workers (v) RITES – Contractor's Labour Regulations. 36 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3. In consideration of the payment to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute, complete, remedy defects therein and maintain the works in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract. 4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of the works, the contract price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the contract at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Contract. IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be hereinto affixed (or have herewith set their respective hands and seals) the day and year first above written. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY ____________________________ In the capacity of _____ ______________________________ representing RITES LIMITED In the capacity of Agent / Power of Attorney Holder On behalf of M/s. _________ For and on behalf of _________ (The Contractor) (The Employer) In the presence of In the presence of Witnesses (Signature, Name & Designation) Witnesses (Signature, Name & Designation) 1. 1. 2. 2. 37 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE VIII INTEGRITY PACT Between RITES LTD. acting for and on behalf of and as an Agent / Power of Attorney Holder of ____________hereinafter called the “Employer” AND ____________ hereinafter referred to as "The Bidder/Contractor" DELETED 38 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEX-A Guidelines on Banning of Business Dealings 1. Introduction 1.1 RITES, being a Public Sector Enterprise and ‘State’, within the meaning of Article 12 of Constitution of India, has to ensure preservation of rights enshrined in Chapter III of the Constitution. RITES has also to safeguard its commercial interests. It is not in the interest of RITES to deal with Agencies who commit deception, fraud or other misconduct in the execution of contracts awarded / orders issued to them. In order to ensure compliance with the constitutional mandate, it is incumbent on RITES to observe principles of natural justice before banning the business dealings with any Agency. 1.2 Since banning of business dealings involves civil consequences for an Agency concerned, it is incumbent that adequate opportunity of hearing is provided and the explanation, if tendered, is considered before passing any order in this regard keeping in view the facts and circumstances of the case. 2. Scope 2.1 The procedure of (i) Suspension and (ii) Banning of Business Dealing with Agencies, has been laid down in these guidelines. 2.2 It is clarified that these guidelines do not deal with the decision of the Management not to entertain any particular Agency due to its poor / inadequate performance or for any other reason. 2.3 The banning shall be with prospective effect, i.e., future business dealings. 3. Definitions In these Guidelines, unless the context otherwise requires: i) `Bidder / Contractor / Supplier’ in the context of these guidelines is indicated as ‘Agency’. ii) ‘Competent Authority’ and ‘Appellate Authority’ shall mean the following: a) The Director shall be the ‘Competent Authority’ for the purpose of these guidelines. MD, RITES shall be the ‘Appellate Authority’ in respect of such cases. b) iii) MD, RITES shall have overall power to take suo-moto action on any information available or received by him and pass such order(s) as he may think appropriate, including modifying the order(s) passed by any authority under these guidelines. ‘Investigating Department’ shall mean any Department, Division or Unit investigating into the conduct of the Agency and shall include the Vigilance Department, Central Bureau of Investigation, the State Police or any other 39 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm department set up by the Central or State Government having powers to investigate. 4. Initiation of Banning / Suspension: Action for banning / suspension business dealings with any Agency should be initiated by the department/ unit having business dealings with them after noticing the irregularities or misconduct on their part. 5. Suspension of Business Dealings 5.1 If the conduct of any Agency dealing with RITES is under investigation by any department, the Competent Authority may consider whether the allegations under investigation are of a serious nature and whether pending investigation, it would be advisable to continue business dealing with the Agency. If the Competent Authority, after consideration of the matter including the recommendation of the Investigating Department/Unit, if any, decides that it would not be in the interest to continue business dealings pending investigation, it may suspend business dealings with the Agency. The order to this effect may indicate a brief of the charges under investigation. The order of such suspension would operate for a period not more than six months and may be communicated to the Agency as also to the Investigating Department. The Investigating Department/Unit may ensure that their investigation is completed and whole process of final order is over within such period. 5.2 As far as possible, the existing contract(s) with the Agency may be continued unless the Competent Authority, having regard to the circumstances of the case, decides otherwise. 5.3 If the Agency concerned asks for detailed reasons of suspension, the Agency may be informed that its conduct is under investigation. It is not necessary to enter into correspondence or argument with the Agency at this stage. 5.4 It is not necessary to give any show-cause notice or personal hearing to the Agency before issuing the order of suspension. However, if investigations are not complete in six months time, the Competent Authority may extend the period of suspension by another three months, during which period the investigations must be completed. 6. Grounds on which Banning of Business Dealings can be initiated 6.1 If the security consideration, including questions of loyalty of the Agency to the State, so warrants; 6.2 If the Director / Owner of the Agency, proprietor or partner of the firm, is convicted by a Court of Law for offences involving moral turpitude in relation to its business dealings with the Government or any other public sector enterprises or RITES, during the last five years; 6.3 If there is strong justification for believing that the Directors, Proprietors, Partners, owner of the Agency have been guilty of malpractices such as bribery, corruption, fraud, substitution of tenders, interpolations, etc; 40 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 6.4 If the Agency employs a public servant dismissed / removed or employs a person convicted for an offence involving corruption or abetment of such offence; 6.5 If business dealings with the Agency have been banned by the Govt. or any other public sector enterprise; 6.6 If the Agency has resorted to Corrupt, fraudulent practices including misrepresentation of facts; 6.7 If the Agency uses intimidation / threatening or brings undue outside pressure on the Company (RITES) or its official in acceptance / performances of the job under the contract; 6.8 If the Agency indulges in repeated and / or deliberate use of delay tactics in complying with contractual stipulations; 6.9 Based on the findings of the investigation report of CBI / Police against the Agency for malafide / unlawful acts or improper conduct on his part in matters relating to the Company (RITES) or even otherwise; 6.10 Established litigant nature of the Agency to derive undue benefit; 6.11 Continued poor performance of the Agency in several contracts; (Note: The examples given above are only illustrative and not exhaustive. The Competent Authority may decide to ban business dealing for any good and sufficient reason). 7. Banning of Business Dealings 7.1 A decision to ban business dealings with any Agency shall apply throughout the Company. 7.2 If the Competent Authority is prima-facie of view that action for banning business dealings with the Agency is called for, a show-cause notice may be issued to the Agency as per paragraph 8.1 and an enquiry held accordingly. 8. Show-cause Notice 8.1 In case where the Competent Authority decides that action against an Agency is called for, a show-cause notice has to be issued to the Agency. Statement containing the imputation of misconduct or mis-behaviour may be appended to the show-cause notice and the Agency should be asked to submit within 30 days a written statement in its defence. If no reply is received, the decision may be taken ex-parte. 8.2 If the Agency requests for inspection of any relevant document in possession of RITES, necessary facility for inspection of documents may be provided. 8.3 After considering the reply of the Agency and other circumstances and facts of the case, a final decision for Company-wide banning shall be taken by the Competent Authority. The Competent Authority may consider and pass an appropriate speaking order: a) For exonerating the Agency if the charges are not established; 41 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) For banning the business dealing with the Agency. 8.4 The decision should be communicated to the Agency concerned along with a reasoned order. If it decided to ban business dealings, the period for which the ban would be operative may be mentioned. 9. Appeal against the Decision of the Competent Authority 9.1 The Agency may file an appeal against the order of Competent Authority banning business dealing, etc. The appeal shall lie to Appellate Authority. Such an appeal shall be preferred within one month from the date of receipt of the order banning business dealing, etc. 9.2 Appellate Authority would consider the appeal and pass appropriate order which shall be communicated to the Agency as well as the Competent Authority. 10. Review of the Decision by the Competent Authority Any petition / application filed by the Agency concerning the review of the banning order passed originally by Competent Authority under the existing guidelines either before or after filing of appeal before the Appellate Authority or after disposal of appeal by the Appellate Authority, the review petition can be decided by the Competent Authority upon disclosure of new facts/circumstances/subsequent development necessitating such review. 11. Circulation of the names of Agencies with whom Business Dealings have been banned. 11.1 Depending upon the gravity of misconduct established, the Competent Authority of RITES may circulate the names of Agency with whom business dealings have been banned, to the Ministry of Railways and PSUs of Railways, for such action as they deem appropriate. 11.2 If Ministry of Railways or a Public Sector Undertaking of Railways request for more information about the Agency with whom business dealings have been banned a copy of the report of Inquiring Authority together with a copy of the order of the Competent Authority/ Appellate Authority may be supplied. 12. Restoration 12.1 The validity of the banning order shall be for a specific time & on expiry of the same, the banning order shall be considered as "withdrawn". 12.2 In case any agency applies for restoration of business prior to the expiry of the ban order, depending upon merits of each case, the Competent Authority which had passed the original banning orders may consider revocation of order of suspension of business/lifting the ban on business dealings at an appropriate time. Copies of the restoration orders shall be sent to all those offices where copies of Ban Orders had been sent. 42 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART-1 SECTION 2 TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS 43 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION 2 TENDER AND CONTRACT FORM FOR WORKS To (The Accepting Authority) Sub: TENDER FOR THE WORK OF ___________ ______________ (TENDER No. ______________________ ISSUED BY ____________) TENDER 1. I/We have read and examined the Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers, Special Conditions, Schedules A to F, Technical Specifications, Drawings, Schedule / Bill of Quantities and General Conditions of Contract as well as other documents and rules referred to in GCC and all the details contained in the Tender Document for the work. 2. I/We hereby tender for the execution and completion of the work and remedy any defects therein, specified in the Schedule of Quantities within the time specified in Schedule “F”, and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers and in Clause 11 of the Clauses of Contract and with such materials as are provided for, by, and in respects in accordance with, such conditions so far as applicable. 3. We agree that our tender shall remain valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission of bid or extended date as stipulated and not to make any modifications in its terms and conditions. 4. A sum of Rs. ___________ (Rupees _________ only) is hereby forwarded in the form of Banker’s cheque/Pay Order /Demand Draft issued in favour of RITES Ltd., payable at _________ as the Earnest Money. 5. If I/We withdraw my/our tender during the period of tender validity or before issue of Letter of Acceptance which ever is earlier or make modifications in the Terms and Conditions of the Tender which are not acceptable to the Employer, then the Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit entire Earnest Money absolutely. 6. If I/We fail to furnish the prescribed Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (if applicable) within prescribed period, I/We agree that the said Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said Earnest Money absolutely. 7. If, I/We fail to commence the work within the specified period, I/We agree that the Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the Earnest Money and Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (if applicable) absolutely. 8. Further, I/We hereby agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or both Earnest Money & Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (if 44 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm applicable) as aforesaid in paras 5 to 7, I/We shall be debarred from participation in retendering process of the work. 9. On issue of Letter of Acceptance by the Employer, I/We agree that the said Earnest Money shall be retained by the Employer towards Security Deposit, to execute all the works referred to in the Tender document upon the Terms and Conditions contained or referred to therein and to carry out such deviations as may be ordered, upto maximum of the percentage mentioned in Schedule F at rates as stipulated in relevant Clauses of contract and those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the provisions contained in Clauses 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form. 10. I/We hereby agree that I/ We shall sign the Formal Agreement with the Employer within 28 days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. In case of any delay, I/We agree that we shall not submit any Bill for Payment till the Contract Agreement is signed. 11. I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents, drawings and other records connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate information derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the Employer/State. 12. I/We hereby declare that I/We have not laid down any condition/deviation to any content of Technical Bid and/or Financial Bid. I/We agree that in case any condition is found to be quoted by us in the Technical and/or Financial Bid, my/our Tender may be rejected. 13. I/We understand that the Employer is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender he may receive. I/We also understand that the Employer reserves the right to accept the whole or any part of the tender and I/We shall be bound to perform the same at the rates quoted. 14. Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, this bid together with our written acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding contract between us and RITES. 15. I am/We are signing this Tender offer in my / our capacity as one/those authorized to sign on behalf of my/our company/as one holding the Power of Attorney issued in my favour as Lead Member by the Members of the Joint Venture. Signature of Authorized Person/s Date Name/s & Title of Signatory Name of Tenderer Postal Address Seal Witness Signature Name Postal Address Occupation 45 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART-1 SECTION – 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 46 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.0 S C O P E This specification covers DESIGN, MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT SITE, ERECTION, and TESTING AND COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at KULTI, BURDWAN, West Bengal, India within the existing plant of STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED. 1.1 Bidder shall note that it is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of Designs and Construction of the System. Any additional Equipment/ Materials, which are not specifically mentioned but required to make the system complete and acceptable to the CONSULTANT / LOCAL FIRE SERVICE for obtaining APPROVAL, shall deemed to be included in the scope and be furnished without any extra cost to the purchaser. However, the Equipment shall conform, in all respects, to high standards of engineering design and workmanship and capable of performing up to Purchaser’s/ Consultant’s satisfaction. Purchaser shall have the power to reject any work or materials, which in his opinion, are not in full as per specification. 1.2 All the Equipment / Items to be supplied under this specification shall have approval from authorities like UL / FM / BIS as applicable and confirm to applicable codes. 1.3 For Proper/Smooth execution, performance testing and commissioning of the System any specialized equipment / services required shall be provided by the contractor and as such the cost of these equipment / services shall be included in their quoted prices. 1.4 The range of supply stipulated by the contract covers all items presented in bid drawings, though it may happen that the items under reference might not have shown in the specification or schedule, Likewise the range of supply also covers all items mentioned in the specification, though the items might not be figured in the drawings. All such items which are not specifically mentioned in the specification and drawings but which are required to complete the contract are deemed to be provided by the contractor at the total price offered unless specifically mentioned by the bidder and accepted by the purchaser. 1.5 The general terms and conditions, instructions to the bidders and other attachment referred to elsewhere be hereby made part of the tender specification. The equipment materials and works covered by this specification are subject to all the attachments referred in the specification. The bidder shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements stipulated herein. 47 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.6 The scope of work, if not otherwise mentioned in the contract documents, shall be on the basis of a single contractor’s responsibility, completely covering all the equipment / work specified under this technical specification. Few of the salient features are follows: a) Detailed design of all the equipment and subsystems and work as per specification. b) Complete manufacture of all the equipment / subsystem including shop, field-testing and assembly as per specification. c) Providing of special tools and tackles and services necessary for satisfactory execution of the contract. d) Providing engineering drawings, data, operation manual, etc. e) Packing and transportation of the goods from the manufacturer’s works to the site. f) Receipt, storage, preservation and conservation of the goods at the site, as applicable. g) Supply of spares. 1.7 PRICE The contract price will be the agreed sum of money stated in the contract documents to be paid to the contractor for the successful completion of the works in accordance with the terms of the contract documents. The contract price shall be for the entire scope of the work with the break-ups as specified. The individual item rates or lump sum price as the case may be, in the schedule of this contract shall be deemed to be firm for the entire period for the contract or extended period of contract and no escalation in the rates or price shall be permissible for any reason whatsoever unless otherwise specified The contract price shall not be varied in respect of the fluctuations in rate of wages or allowances payable to the lab our or in the cost of materials, consumables, water, fuel, power or for anticipated profit or alleged losses or for any reason whatsoever. 1.8 SCHEDULE OF COMPLETION a) The time and date of completion of the works as stipulated in the contract documents shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract. The contractor shall commence the works and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay except as may be expressly sanctioned or ordered by the engineer. If the contractor fails to commence the work within the stipulated time, PURCHASER at his sole discretion will have the right to cancel the contract. In such case the contractor’s security deposit with PURCHASER will stand forfeited without any further reference to the contractor, without prejudice to any and all of the PURCHASER ‘s other rights and remedies in this regard. The contractor shall so organize his resources and perform so as to complete the work not later than the aforesaid date of completion. 48 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) The contractor shall submit a PERT network showing various key phases of the work such as design, procurement, manufacturing, shipment, etc. within four (4) day's after the date of letter of intent. This network shall also indicate the interface facilities to be provided by the owner and the dates by which such facilities are needed by the contractor and also the programmed for phase wise release of work site for constrictions work as may be needed by the contractor, as applicable. c) The contractor shall discuss the network so submitted with PURCHASER. The agreed network may be in the form as submitted or in revised form in line with the outcome of discussions and shall form a part of the contract documents. The above PART network shall be reviewed and the contractor to PURCHASER as directed by him should submit periodic review reports. d) The contractor shall make available to PURCHASER detailed manufacturing, erection, testing and commissioning and construction programmers, as applicable, in line with the agreed PERT network in the form of PERT or bar chart as desired by PURCHASER within 3 days from the date of receipt of LOI. During performance of the contract, such programmers shall be renewed, updated and submitted to PURCHASER as and when needed by him or periodically as specified by him. If in the opinion of PURCHASER proper progress is not maintained, suitable changes shall be made in the contractor’s operation to ensure proper progress. 1.9 PROGRESS REPORTS a) The contractor shall furnish three (3) prints each of monthly work progress reports as approved by PURCHASER indicating various stages of manufacture and / or installation as applicable. Progress report to be submitted month wise showing detail the status of design, drawings, procurement of raw materials and manufacture of the equipment and delivery of the equipment. PURCHASER shall advice the contractor about the progress scheduled he has to submit each month together with the name and addresses of persons to whom they are to be sent. b) The contractor shall also furnish actual progress against scheduled and such other information as PURCHASER may require to satisfying himself about the timely manufacture are delivery of equipment and timely construction and erection work to suit the commissioning date. The report shall also indicate the reason for the variance between the scheduled and actual progress and the action proposed for corrective measure whenever necessary. c) In the event contractor’s continued poor progress of work, PURCHASER shall at his option treat this as breach of the contract by the contractor. In such an event it shall be open to PURCHASER to have the work completed through any other agency or agencies and claim the difference in cost in addition to damages from the contractor without prejudice to any other right or remedy of PURCHASER under this contract. 49 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICE (FIRE FIGHTING) 2.1 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDER. a) Design, supply, transportation to site, erection, testing and commissioning of Fire Fighting System. b) Approval of all above system from Purchaser & West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services. c) Supply of spare parts as per list, if ordered separately. d) All tools and tackles, consumables required to erection, testing & commissioning of all above system e) Furnishing complete calculation, scheme / layout / erection and construction drawings along with wiring diagram of control panel, annunciation panel, as may be required for Fire Protection System. f) All civil work such as alignment of pump and motors, foundation bolts, grouting of bolts, excavation and backfilling in case of buried piping and supports for over ground pipes. g) All civil work related to Hose Cabinets. h) Initial supply of Lubricant, Grease, Diesel oil for trial run, test and commission. i) Final painting of equipment and structures. j) Training of purchaser’s operation and maintenance staff during testing and commissioning period. k) Detailed construction manual and drawings for installation operation, trial run, testing and complete commissioning of the system and submission of operation & maintenance manual of the system. l) 2.2 Necessary power & control cables required to completing the system. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS a) Construction of pump house and reservoir. b) Power supply to panel. 3.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK (FIRE ALARM SYSTEM) 3.01.00 Scope of work under this specification shall include design, engineering, supply, test at works, packing, forwarding, transportation, loading, unloading and storage at site, erection, testing, commissioning, performance demonstration at site and handing over to the Purchaser the entire Fire Detection & Alarm System as described in this specification. 3.02.00 All items covered under this specification shall have approval from statutory authorities like UL/FM and conform to applicable codes. All indigenous equipment shall have ISI marks on them. 3.03.00 The equipment and items to be furnished under the scope of this specification are outlined in the subsequent paragraphs & Drawings and those are indicative & minimum requirement. Bidder has to provide these minimum requirements. However any additional equipment, material, services which are not specifically mentioned but required to make the system complete and acceptable to Local Fire Service Authority shall be deemed to be included in the scope and shall be furnished without any extra cost to the Purchaser. 50 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.04.00 The equipment materials and works covered by this specification are subject to all the attachments referred in the specification. The bidder shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements stipulated herein. 3.05.00 Scope of Supply 3.05.1 Detectors of approved make shall be provided as per drawings & as detailed in the Technical Specification. 3.05.2 ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE type MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL complete with all accessories as detailed in Technical Specification Manual break glass/pull down type call point (MCP) along with all accessories like test probe 3.05.3 insertion jacks, local hooter cum speaker etc. for the complex including cabling from the call station to audio visual panel (addressable type) board provided at Control Room as detailed in the Technical Specification. 3.05.4 All instrumentations and controls for the entire fire detection and alarm system as indicated in flow diagram including manual call point, detector & their erection and commissioning for the safe and trouble free operation of the entire fire detection & alarm system. 3.05.5 All cabling work within the battery limits specified in the tender document. 3.05.6 3.05.7 All bolts, foundation bolts, nuts, gaskets, packing, support/ thrust block etc. as needed for complete erection and commissioning shall be provided as detailed in the Technical Specification. All consumable materials required for complete erection of the system 3.05.8 Supply of paints on support structure. 3.05.9 Various drawings, design calculations, data, test reports, test certificates, erection manual, operation and maintenance manual as necessary. 3.06.00 Scope of Services. 3.06.1 Design and engineering of the entire fire Detection system. 3.06.2 Obtaining clearance and NOC / occupancy certificate from statutory authorities. 3.06.3 Transportation to site, unloading and intermediate storage at site, complete work of erection including final grouting, testing and commissioning and handing over to the Purchaser the entire fire Alarm & Public Address system. 3.06.4 Furnishing complete calculation, scheme / layout / erection and construction drawings along with wiring diagram of control panel, annunciation panel, as may be required of Fire Protection System. 3.06.5 All civil work related to Fire Alarm System 3.06.6 Detailed construction manual and drawings for installation operation, trial run, testing and 51 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm complete commissioning of the system and submission of operation & maintenance manual of the system. 3.06.7 All final dressing of grouting of equipment and patch work during erection. 3.06.8 Excavation and back filling of earth for all buried cabling. The surplus earth shall be disposed off at a suitable location as per instruction of the Purchaser. 3.06.9 Application of primer and final painting. 3.06.10 Performance demonstration, training of Purchaser's personnel’s for all individual system 3.06.11 The scope of work, if not otherwise mentioned in the contract documents, shall be on the basis of a single contractor’s responsibility, completely covering all the equipment / work specified under this technical specification. 3.06.12 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS 1. Construction of Control Room. 2. Power supply to panel. 3.07.00 BIDDER SHOULD NOTE THAT SYSTEM DESIGN, SIZES, QUANTITY & RATING OF EQUIPMENTS ETC AS MENTIONED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT ONLY. BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THOSE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. HOWEVER FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM LOCAL FIRE SERVICE, IF ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT/ MATERIALS, WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED AND IF SIZES & RATING OF EQUIPMENTS TO BE CHANGED TO HIGHER SIZES / RATINGS THAN AS MENTIONED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS, HAS TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDER WITHOUT ANY EXTRA PRICE. 52 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY ANNEXURE – A FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE CARE OF FOLLOWING PREVENTIVE MEASURES TO ENCOUNTER CONSTRUCTION HAZARD DURING ERECTION ACTIVITIES NATURE OF CONSEQUENCE OF PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES RISK RISK 1. Narrow deep excavations for pipelines. 2. Excavation of pit up to 3 Mts in depth. Drop off into pit.
Fatal type injury may take place. The risk of people falling into excavations is almost as serious an issue as falls from height. Frequent collapse or slides May Flooded due
Drowning situation may happen. to Hydro testing of pipes. Drop off into pit.
People, plant or materials may fall The risk of people into the excavation. falling into excavations is almost as serious an issue as falls from height. Ground Collapse
Suffocation
Breathe out.
Buried 53 Suitable Battering/benching of sides should be provided. Escape ladders to be provided. Install ladders, stairways or ramps to provide a safe means of entrance to and exit from the trench. Refer to detail as explained above. Ladle out accumulated water. Ventilation arrangement to be ready for use. Make available protector rails / barricade with warning signal. At least two entries / exits to be provided. Escape ladders to be provided. Install ladders, stairways or ramps to provide a safe means of entrance to and exit from the trench; and ensure that the ladder, stairway or ramp is located not more than eight meters from a worker working in the trench. Suitable size of shoring to be provided Soil heaps to be kept away from the edge equivalent to at least depth of pit. Vehicles should not allow operating close to excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance from edge to be maintained. Vehicle routes must be planned so as to maintain a safe distance from the excavation edges at all times. Sufficient angle of inclination to be maintained. Except rocky soil, slope to be provided less than 1:1 along with sufficient bench of suitable width at every 1.5 M depth of excavation. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 3. Excavation of pit more than 3 Mts in depth. NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Contact with
Burned or suffer buried electric electric shock if cables. existing Contact with underground Gas / oil services are Pipelines. damaged
Explosion Contact with
Burned or suffer electric shock if buried electric existing cables. Contact with underground Gas / oil services are Pipelines. damaged Flooding due to
Drowning situation excessive rain / may happen. underground water. of Excavating near
Collapsing Plant/Building / existing Plant / structure. Building / Structure.
Struck or trapped or asphyxiated
Drowned if the excavation floods Any type of
May cause collapse vehicular or slides. movement close
People / plant may get buried. to the edge of cut. 54 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Permission should be obtained from Engineer-in-charge prior to excavation. Find the location of buried utilities by referring to plant layout drawings. Start digging manually to locate the exact position of buried utilities and thereafter use mechanical means. Careful analysis of the site is required before the excavation begins wherever ground water is known or suspected to be a problem. Where a worker is in a trench that is more than 1.2 meters deep, an employer or contractor shall ensure that a competent worker is stationed on the surface to alert the worker in the trench about the development of any potentially unsafe conditions and to provide assistance in an emergency. The use of de-watering systems such as well-pumping and well-pointing should be considered to prevent ingress of water. Approval of excavation method should be obtained from Engineer-in-charge prior to start of work. All soils have a safe angle of repose and under normal conditions should be self-supporting. Safe angles of different soils and materials are. If required under-pining method should be used. If required construct retaining wall side by side. CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CHECK THE SITE/SOIL CONDITION BEFORE SUBMISSION OF PRICE. Blockade the trench area with proper illumination arrangements. Vehicles should not allow operating close to excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance from edge to be maintained. Vehicle routes must be planned so as to maintain a safe distance from the excavation edges at all times. Shoring and strutting should be strengthened. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 4. Excavation of Rock by blasting NATURE OF RISK Inadequate experience handling explosives CONSEQUENCE OF RISK to of
Fatal incident may take place Explosion which
May cause severe is beyond injuries or prove control. fatal to People / plant 55 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make sure proper storage, handling & carrying of explosive by trained personnel only. Make sure that it complies with the applicable explosive code of practice. Do not allow any unauthorized persons to perform blasting operations. Only authorize persons should allowed to perform blasting operations. Smoking and open flames are to be strictly prohibited in the vicinity. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Fly rock – Rock
Can hurt people. pieces propelled into the air Ground Motion – Ground vibrations from the blast. Air blast – Air pressure created by the blast. 56 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Safety Helmets, Safety goggles etc. as indicated in the code of practice should be adhered. Warnings and Signals. Establish a method of warning to all employees on the site of an impending blast. Define the limits of the blasting area where there is a fly rock danger. Control the access to the blasting area to prevent the presents of unauthorized persons at least fifteen minutes before each blast. Notify all employees in the area that a blast will be fired with a two minute signal. On completion of blast, sound an all clear signal therefore employees in the area understand that all blasting operations have been finished. Two minute prior to the blast, sound three long signals, lasting 5 seconds, on an air horn or siren. For the all clear signal, sound 1 long signal for at least 5 seconds in duration to indicate that all blasting has ceased. Lightning Protection. Furnish, maintain and operate lightning detection equipment during the entire period of blasting operations and during the periods that explosives are used at the site. Install the equipment if those are approved. When the lightning detection device indicates a blasting hazard potential, evacuate personnel from all areas where explosives are present. When a lightning detector indicates a blasting hazard, perform the following: a. Clear the blasting area of all personnel. b. Notify the Engineer of the potential hazards and precautions to be taken. c. Terminate the loading of holes and return the unused explosives to the day storage area. d. If blast holes are loaded and would pose a hazard to traffic if detonated, close the roads until the lightning hazard has passed. e. When the hazard dissipates, inform the Engineer that production Signature of the tenderer blasting can Under continue. the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK Entrapping people. Misfire 5. WELDING AND GAS CUTTING CONSEQUENCE OF RISK of
May cause severe injuries or prove fatal
May explode suddenly
Rock fall before commencing work in the cut. During welding
operation, ultraviolet & infrared rays radiates This is harmful to eyes & skin of human. 57 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES The area should be barricaded with red flags and siren should be blown before blasting. Observe the entire blast area for a minimum of 15 minutes following a blast to guard against The fifteen minute delay between blasting and not allowing anyone but the blaster to enter the area is needed to make sure that no misfires have occurred. During the fifteen minute delay, it is the blaster’s responsibility to go into the shot area and check all the holes to make sure that they have detonated. If any holes have not fired, these misfires will be handled by the blaster before others enter the work area. Halt the blasting operations if the methods being employed result in the required slopes not being in a stable condition or the safety and convenience of the traveling public is jeopardized. Do not return to site for at least 20 min. or unless announced safe by designated person. The supervisor must ensure availability of proper specified shielding devices & personal protective equipment (PPE). Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK
Flashback during Improper oxy-fuel welding, placement of cutting and allied oxygen and processes can acetylene cause serious cylinders. injury. Safety with of cylinders: When
Failure equipments may using fuel and oxygen cylinders result in a gas fire explosion. they should be Could even cause fastened securely the cylinder to upright to a wall explode. or a post or a portable cart.
An oxygen cylinders is especially dangerous for the reason that the oxygen is at a pressure of 21 MPa when full, and if the cylinders falls over and its valve strikes something and is knocked off, the tank will become an extremely deadly flying missile propelled by the compressed oxygen. Leakage from
May cause fire hoses or cuts in hoses 58 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other apparatus and fittings containing or using oxygen shall be kept free from oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and fittings shall not be handled with oily Hands, gloves or greasy materials. All cylinders must be stored in a wellventilated, dry location; at least 20 feet away form comb. Keep cylinders in vertical position of cylinder and chain them Move out any cylinder which is leaking. Approved flash back arrestors should be used. Never move an oxygen tank around without its valve cap screwed in place. Before lighting the torch for the first time each day, hoses should be purged individually. In case of leakage, purge regulators immediately and than turn off. Always use the proper current for which the cable is designed Use designated colour of hose for acetylene & other fuel gases and separate colour for oxygen. This is a safety precaution to prevent hoses from being hooked up the wrong way. Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other apparatus and fittings containing or using oxygen shall be kept free from oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and fittings shall not be handled with oily hands, gloves or greasy materials. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 6. RADIOGRAPHY 7. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND USAGE NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK During opening –
Cylinder up of cylinder. explode. may Welding of
Explosion tanks, Container occur or pipes storing flammable liquids may Ionizing radiation
Effects of radiation may react with the skin which in turn can cause cancer, skin irritation, etc. Carrying and
Effects of radiation storing of may react with the Radiography skin which in turn source can cause cancer, skin irritation, etc. Loss of Radio
Effects of radiation isotope may react with the skin which in turn can cause cancer, skin irritation, etc. Short circuiting
Can cause Electrocution or Fire 59 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES During opening the cylinder, stand back from the regulator The valve should be turn slowly to avoid bursting. The electrical lug of terminals should be properly covered so that no short circuiting happened. Ensure that those (tanks, container or pipe storing flammable liquids) are properly cleaned, washed & emptied before start of welding. Ground cable should not be attached to tanks, container or pipe storing flammable liquids LPG should never be used for gas cutting. Safety regulations should be ensured as per BARC guidance before commencement of job. Isolate by making barrier the area and install Radiation warning symbols as per BARC guidance before commencement of job. Unauthorized persons should be restricted to enter the area where radiography is being conducting. Appropriate PPE and film badges should wear issued by BARC (Bhabha Atomic Research Centre) Radiography source should never touch or handle with bare hands. Store radiography source as per BARC guidelines and the same should be approved by BARC. Survey Meter should be used to locate the same. Local Police station should be informed. BARC should be informed. Ensure that electrical equipment is safe for its intended use Rubberized hand gloves and other protective equipments should be used. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK Drawing excessive current Electrical system CONSEQUENCE OF RISK
in System failure can occur which leads in turn to fire Hazard 60 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Wires under carpets, mats etc should not be laid. Only licensed electricians to be allowed for carrying out electrical work. Avoid use of Multi socket. Try to use one socket for one appliance only. Only fully insulated wires or cables should be used. Placing bare wire ends in a socket is prohibited. Fully insulated wires or cables should be used. Proper earthing should be provided for all electrical machineries and equipments Damaged cords should not be used. Try to avoid temporary connections. Try to use spark-proof type field distribution boxes. Flame proof type field distribution boxes should be used where flammable atmosphere exists. Electrical cables / equipment’s should be protected from water and naked flames Thorough checking should be conducted for all electrical connections before energizing Ensure Drawing of safe voltage and current ratings are using. Display ‘Danger’ signs prominently. Make sure approved cable size, voltage grade and types are using. Make sure that Switches are in OFF condition of the electrical utilities when not in use Make sure that no unauthorized connections are using. Make sure that distribution of power is safe as per IE rules. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Improper laying
of overhead and underground cables 8. FIRE PROTECTION Can cause electrocution, severe injuries or prove fatal to People / plant Fires from
Cause severe incipient stage injuries or prove can become fatal to People / fatal ones and plant may spread to the surrounding areas Improper
It may fail to Extinguish the fire placement of Fire Extinguisher 61 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make sure that unarmored cables are not laid directly on ground, wall or roof. Make sure that at least 3M distance from HT cables & 1M distance from LT cables. Make sure that cables should be laid at least 750 mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand overlying by brick soling Make sure that proper sleeves at crossings/ intersections have been provided. Make sure that cable route markers indicating the type and dept of cables at intervals not exceeding 30m and at the diversions / termination have been provided. Make sure that buckets are full of sand & Water. Make sure that fire extinguishers & other safety equipments exist near hazardous locations. Make sure that smoking is restricted to ‘Smoking Zones’ only. People should be trained for using specific type of fire Extinguishers & fighting equipments under different classes of fire. Make sure that fire door / shutters, passages and exit doors are not obstructed. Make sure that good house keeping and first-aid boxes containing equipments as mention in the specification are ready for use. Make sure that accesses to Fire extinguishers are not obstructed. Elevators should not be used for evacuation during fire. In case of a fire, activate manual fire alarm system by breaking glass of manual pull station and shout “Fire, Fire” Make sure that correct fire extinguisher meant for the specified fire has been provided. Make sure that to extinguish oil and electric fires, water is not being used. Can use foam cylinders / CO2 / Sand. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Improper
It may fail to storage of highly Extinguish the fire inflammable Cause severe substances injuries or prove fatal to People / plant.
Explosion may occur.
May explode suddenly
May cause injury and prove fatal to People / plant. 9. HYDROSTATIC/ PNEUMATIC TESTING OF PIPES Failure of joints. Bursting of pipe. 10.WORKING HEIGHTS Person can fall
down People / plant can fall down
Material can fall down AT
May sustain severe injuries or prove fatal. May hit the scrap/material stacked at the ground. May hit the workers working a lower levels and prove fatal. 62 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make sure that safe distance is maintaining from flammable substances / source of ignition Distribution of flammable materials to be restricted to minimum necessary amount only. Fuel storage facilities to be built as per designated code of practice. Make sure that flammable materials stored in stable racks and labeled correctly. Make sure that all chemicals are stored in cool and dry place Make sure that all chemicals are away from heat. Make sure that adequate ventilation system exists. Make sure that flammable material removed properly. Make sure that flammable material shielded properly before welding. Incase of spills wipe off the same immediately Make sure that calibrated gauge for pressurizing pump and piping have been provided. Make sure that safety relief valve (set at pressure higher than test pressure) has been provided while testing with water / air. Make sure that necessary safety measure, steppe increase in pressure, grouting, tightening of bolts/nuts, etc. during and before testing. Make sure that the vents are open before opening any valve while draining out of water used for hydro testing. All work at height should be properly planned and organised; All work at height takes account of weather conditions that could endanger health and safety; Those involved in work at height should be trained and competent; Ensure that the place where work at height is done is safe; Ensure that equipment for work at height is appropriately inspected; Ensure that the risks from fragile surfaces are properly controlled; Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Ensure that the risks from falling objects are properly controlled. Ensure that guard rails/barricade at the work place provided. Plan for emergencies and rescue; Ensure that the work is postponed while weather conditions endanger health or safety (but this does not apply to emergency services acting in an emergency). Make sure that safety belts, full body harness, helmets, safety shoes, etc. are using as per safety practice. Catch platform and safety nets should only be used where it is not possible to provide any more reliable means of fall protection. Make sure that proper work permit obtained before starting the work at height above 3 meters. Make sure that the work place is neat and clean. Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job. Ensure that nobody should throw or drop materials or equipment from height. All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box. All workers should wear on working uniform. Make sure those workers at low level wearing of helmet. 63 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 11. CONFINED SPACE NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Serious injury can
occur from hazardous substances or conditions within the space or nearby (e.g. lack of oxygen). Liquids and solids which can suddenly fill the space, or release gases into it, Fire and explosions (eg from flammable vapours, excess oxygen etc). Suffocation / drowning Presence of foul
smell and toxic substances. Hot conditions leading to a dangerous increase in body temperature. Ignition/flame can
cause fire. PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Unconsciousness, death Make sure that respiratory devices are ready for use whenever required. Make sure that confined space is not over crowded. Make sure that exhaust fans have been provided for ventilation purpose. Make sure that no body should enter wearing loose clothes, neck ties, etc inside confined space. Make sure that every body should have work permit before entering a confined space Inhalation can pose threat to life Everyday there should be a checking for presence of hydrocarbon and Aromatic compounds before entering a confined space Make sure that one responsible trained person has been deputed outside the confined space for continuous monitoring and extending help in case of an emergency. This may be necessary to ensure fumes do not develop from residues etc while the work is being done. Make sure that Fire Extinguishers are ready for use whenever required in an easily accessible location. Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job Make sure that nobody is smoking inside the confined space No gas cylinders are allowed inside the confined space. Safe & low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting to be used. Person sustain injuries explosion occur 64 may burn or may Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 12. HANDLING AND LIFTING EQUIPMENTS NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Failure of load
lifting and moving equipments There may be an accident which may turn fatal of
There may be an accident which may turn fatal Overloading lifting equipments 65 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Should be checked periodically that oil, brakes, gears, horns and tyre pressure of all moving machinery etc are in safe & good condition. Should be checked periodically that quality, size and condition of all chain pulley blocks, slings, u-clamps, Dshackles wire ropes, etc. are in safe & good condition. Make sure that nobody standing under the lifted load and within the operating radius of cranes Make sure that cranes are moving only on hard, firm and leveled ground only. Make sure that lifting slings as short as a possible. Safe Load indicator should be installed. Make sure that lifting capacity of derricks and winches does not exceed the limit as written on them. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 13. SCAFFOLDING FORMWORK AND LADDERS NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Person can fall
down Person may sustain severe injuries and prove fatal 66 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make available protector rails / barricade with warning signal when working at height Always face ladder while climbing or descending. Always use both hands while climbing or descending. Never use top of the ladder as a step. Do not carry loads that might make you loose your balance. Never move or extend a ladder when someone is on it. Ladders should not extend about 1 m above landing for ease access and tying up purpose or similar. Avoid leaning, stretching, or making moves that could throw you off balance Follow the “belt buckle rule” by keeping your body centered within the ladder’s side rails. Wait for the person who went up the ladder first to get all the way off at the top. Then you can climb. This applies when coming down the ladder, too. Hard hats & fall protection required when working on scaffolding. Obtain permission to use scaffolding. Check the scaffolding and use a notice as THIS SCAFFOLDING HAS BEEN INSPECTED & SAFE TO USE. Ladders should not be placed against movable objects and maintain base as safe for the working length of the ladder. Make sure that suspended scaffolds never be less than 500mm wide and tied properly with ropes Loose planks should not be allowed. Make sure that PPE, like helmets, safety shoes, etc. are using. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK of
Person may sustain severe injuries and prove fatal Material can fall
down Persons working at lower level gets injured Personal
carelessness and danger of fall Can cause injury or casualty Failure scaffolding material 14. STRUCTURAL WORKS CONSEQUENCE OF RISK 67 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES All failures were caused either by using the wrong material correctly or the right material incorrectly. Make sure that all scaffolding materials inspected visually for stability and anchoring with permanent structures. Scaffolding should be designed for maximum load carrying capacity. Scaffolding planks shall not be less than as specified in safety code of practice. Make sure that scaffolds are not overloaded. Make sure that short ladders are not joined to make a longer one. Make sure that vertical ladders is not more than 6m Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job. All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box. Safety nets should only be used where it is not possible to provide any more reliable means of fall protection. Do not allow workers to take rest inside rooms built for welding machines or electrical distribution system. Do not allow workers walking on beams at height Make sure that workers wear helmet with chin strap and safety belts when working at height Make sure that workers using hand gloves and goggles during grinding operations Make sure that the sharp and projected edges are covered or marked. Do not allow anybody to stand within the operating radius of cranes. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 15. PIPELINE WORKS NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Lifting / slipping
of material Can cause injury or casualty Erection /
lowering failure Can cause injury PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Do not allow anybody to stand under the lifted load. Make sure that the all the materials are properly stacked. Make sure that there is no slippage during handling of materials. Longer piece should be lifted up by crane from both ends. Make sure that there is no loose materials at height Make sure that all nuts & bolts are properly tightened. Do not allow anybody to stand under the lifted load. Do not allow anybody to come within the radii of the side boom handling pipes Make sure that lifting capacity of lifting tools a tackles does not exceed the limit as written on them. Safe Load indicator should be installed. Make sure that PPE, like helmets, safety shoes, etc. are using. Make sure that wearing of gum boots for the areas where it is necessary. Depute one trained person to perform signaling operations while lowering of pipes in trench. ANNEXURE – B FOLLOWING BIS CODES FOR SAFETY TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR 68 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1. 2. 3. 4. IS 816: 1969 IS: 1179 (1967) IS: 1991(1987) IS 1989: Part 2 : 1986 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. IS: 2925 (1984) IS: 3016 (1982) IS: 3043 (1987) IS: 3521 (1999) IS: 3738 (2004) IS: 3696 (part-1, 1987) IS: 3696 (part-2, 1991) IS: 4770 (1991) IS: 5216 (Part-I) 1982 14. IS: 5216 (Part-II) 1982 IS: 5983, 1980 IS: 6519, 1971 IS: 6994 (Part-I) 1973 IS: 7293, 1973 IS: 9167 IS: 11006 IS: 1016 IS: 11226 IS: 13367 IS: 13416 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel Equipment for eye and face protection during welding Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels. Specification for Leather Safety Boots and Shoes - Part 2 : For Heavy Metal Industries Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets. Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operations Code of practice for earthing. Industrial safety belts and harnesses - Specification Rubber Boots - Specification Safety code of scaffolds and ladders: Part 1 Scaffolds Scaffolds and Ladders - Code of Safety - Part 2 : Ladders Rubber Gloves - Electrical Purposes - Specification Recommendations on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work - Part I : General Recommendation on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work - Part II : Life Saving Techniques Eye protectors Code of practice for selection, care and repair of safety footwear Specification for safety gloves Part 1 Leather and cotton gloves Safety code for working with construction machinery Ear protectors. Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor) General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation. Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole. Code of practice-safe use of cranes. Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place ANNEXURE – C FOLLOWING STATUTORY ACTS & RULES TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR 69 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SL NO. DESCRIPTION 1. Indian Explosives Act, 1984 2. The Motor Vehicles Act,1988. 3. The Factories Act, 1949. 4. Indian Electricity Act 5. Workmen Compensation Act 6. Indian Boiler Act,1923 7. Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution)Act, 1974 8. The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981 9. The Radiation Protection Rules – 1971 10. The Environment ( Protection) Rules- 1986 11. The Hazardous Wastes ( Management & Handling) Rules- 1989 12. The Manufacture, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-1989 13. The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of service)Act, 1996 ANNEXURE – D FOLLOWING ITEMS TO BE KEPT IN A FIRST AID BOX AT SITE DURING ERECTION BY CONTRACTOR 70 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SL.NO 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. DESCRIPTION Small size Roller Bandages, 1 inch wide (Finger Dressing small) Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 inch wide (Hand &Foot Dressing) Large size Roller Bandages , 4inch wide(Body dressing large) Large size Burn dressing (Burn Dressing Large) Cotton Wool (20 gms packing) Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon Mercurichrome Solution (100 ml. ) 2% in water Sal-volatile (20 ml. Ammonia) A pair of scissors. Adhesive Plaster ( 1.25 cm x 5 m) Eye pads in separate sealed Pkt. Tourniqut. Safety pins Time, IODINE (100 ml.) Ointment for burns (Burnol 20 gms.) Polythene wash cup for washing eyes Potassium Permanganate( 20 gms.) Tinc.Benzoine (100 ml.) Triangular Bandages Band Aid Dressing Iodex (25 gms.) Tongue Depressor Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.) Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.) Dressing powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.) Duster Soap Toothache Solution Eye ointment Forceps Cotton Buds (5 Nos.) Note Book QUANTITY 6 Pcs. 6 Pcs. 6 Pcs. 4 Pkts. 4 Pkts. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 piece 1 spool. 4 pcs. 1 No. 1 Dozen. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 No. 1 Pkt. 1 Bottle 2 Nos. 5 Pcs. 1 No. 2 Pkt. 1 Pkt. 1 Bottle 1 No. 12 Nos. 1 No. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 Pkt. 1 Pkt. 1 No. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (Besides Activities 1 to 15 in fire fighting system) ANNEXURE – A CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE CARE OF FOLLOWING PREVENTIVE MEASURES TO ENCOUNTER CONSTRUCTION HAZARD DURING ERECTION 71 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 16.Excavation of pit up to 3 Mts in depth. 17.Excavation of pit more than 3 Mts in depth. NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Drop off into pit. The risk of people falling into excavations is almost as serious an issue as falls from height.
People, plant or materials may fall into the excavation. Ground Collapse
Suffocation
Breathe out.
Buried Contact with buried electric cables. Contact with Gas / oil Pipelines.
Burned or suffer electric shock if existing underground services are damaged
Explosion
Burned or suffer electric shock if existing underground services are damaged
Drowning situation may happen. Contact with buried electric cables. Contact with Gas / oil Pipelines. Flooding due to excessive rain / underground water. 72 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make available protector rails / barricade with warning signal. At least two entries / exits to be provided. Escape ladders to be provided. Install ladders, stairways or ramps to provide a safe means of entrance to and exit from the trench; and ensure that the ladder, stairway or ramp is located not more than eight meters from a worker working in the trench. Suitable size of shoring to be provided Soil heaps to be kept away from the edge equivalent to at least depth of pit. Vehicles should not allow operating close to excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance from edge to be maintained. Vehicle routes must be planned so as to maintain a safe distance from the excavation edges at all times. Sufficient angle of inclination to be maintained. Except rocky soil, slope to be provided less than 1:1 along with sufficient bench of suitable width at every 1.5 M depth of excavation. Permission should be obtained from Engineerin-charge prior to excavation. Find the location of buried utilities by referring to plant layout drawings. Start digging manually to locate the exact position of buried utilities and thereafter use mechanical means. Careful analysis of the site is required before the excavation begins wherever ground water is known or suspected to be a problem. Where a worker is in a trench that is more than 1.2 meters deep, an employer or contractor shall ensure that a competent worker is stationed on the surface to alert the worker in the trench about the development of any potentially unsafe conditions and to provide assistance in an emergency. The use of de-watering systems such as wellpumping and well-pointing should be considered to prevent ingress of water. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK Excavating near existing Plant / Building / Structure. CONSEQUENCE OF RISK
Collapsing of Plant/Building / structure.
Struck or trapped or asphyxiated
Drowned if the excavation floods Any type of
May cause collapse vehicular or slides. movement close to
People / plant may the edge of cut. get buried. Entrapping of people. Misfire
May cause severe injuries or prove fatal
May explode suddenly
Rock fall before commencing work in the cut. 73 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Approval of excavation method should be obtained from Engineer-in-charge prior to start of work. All soils have a safe angle of repose and under normal conditions should be selfsupporting. Safe angles of different soils and materials are. If required under-pining method should be used. If required construct retaining wall side by side. CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CHECK THE SITE/SOIL CONDITION BEFORE SUBMISSION OF PRICE. Blockade the trench area with proper illumination arrangements. Vehicles should not allow operating close to excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance from edge to be maintained. Vehicle routes must be planned so as to maintain a safe distance from the excavation edges at all times. Shoring and strutting should be strengthened. The area should be barricaded with red flags and siren should be blown before blasting. Observe the entire blast area for a minimum of 15 minutes following a blast to guard against The fifteen minute delay between blasting and not allowing anyone but the blaster to enter the area is needed to make sure that no misfires have occurred. During the fifteen minute delay, it is the blaster’s responsibility to go into the shot area and check all the holes to make sure that they have detonated. If any holes have not fired, these misfires will be handled by the blaster before others enter the work area. Halt the blasting operations if the methods being employed result in the required slopes not being in a stable condition or the safety and convenience of the traveling public is jeopardized. Do not return to site for at least 20 min. or unless announced safe by designated person. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 18.WELDING AND GAS CUTTING NATURE OF RISK During welding operation, ultraviolet & infrared rays radiates Improper placement of oxygen and acetylene cylinders. Safety with cylinders: When using fuel and oxygen cylinders they should be fastened securely upright to a wall or a post or a portable cart. Leakage from hoses or cuts in hoses CONSEQUENCE OF RISK
This is harmful to eyes & skin of human.
Flashback during oxy-fuel welding, cutting and allied processes can cause serious injury.
Failure of equipments may result in a gas fire explosion. Could even cause the cylinder to explode.
An oxygen cylinders is especially dangerous for the reason that the oxygen is at a pressure of 21 MPa when full, and if the cylinders falls over and its valve strikes something and is knocked off, the tank will become an extremely deadly flying missile propelled by the compressed oxygen.
May cause fire 74 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES The supervisor must ensure availability of proper specified shielding devices & personal protective equipment (PPE). Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other apparatus and fittings containing or using oxygen shall be kept free from oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and fittings shall not be handled with oily Hands, gloves or greasy materials. All cylinders must be stored in a wellventilated, dry location; at least 20 feet away form comb. Keep cylinders in vertical position of cylinder and chain them Move out any cylinder which is leaking. Approved flash back arrestors should be used. Never move an oxygen tank around without its valve cap screwed in place. Before lighting the torch for the first time each day, hoses should be purged individually. In case of leakage, purge regulators immediately and than turn off. Always use the proper current for which the cable is designed Use designated colour of hose for acetylene & other fuel gases and separate colour for oxygen. This is a safety precaution to prevent hoses from being hooked up the wrong way. Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other apparatus and fittings containing or using oxygen shall be kept free from oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and fittings shall not be handled with oily hands, gloves or greasy materials. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK During opening – up of cylinder. CONSEQUENCE OF RISK
Cylinder may explode. Welding of tanks,
Explosion may occur Container or pipes storing flammable liquids 19.ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND USAGE Short circuiting
Can cause Electrocution or Fire 75 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES During opening the cylinder, stand back from the regulator The valve should be turn slowly to avoid bursting. The electrical lug of terminals should be properly covered so that no short circuiting happened. Ensure that those (tanks, container or pipe storing flammable liquids) are properly cleaned, washed & emptied before start of welding. Ground cable should not be attached to tanks, container or pipe storing flammable liquids LPG should never be used for gas cutting. Ensure that electrical equipment is safe for its intended use Rubberized hand gloves and other protective equipments should be used. Wires under carpets, mats etc should not be laid. Only licensed electricians to be allowed for carrying out electrical work. Avoid use of Multi socket. Try to use one socket for one appliance only. Only fully insulated wires or cables should be used. Placing bare wire ends in a socket is prohibited. Fully insulated wires or cables should be used. Proper earthing should be provided for all electrical machineries and equipments Damaged cords should not be used. Try to avoid temporary connections. Try to use spark-proof type field distribution boxes. Flame proof type field distribution boxes should be used where flammable atmosphere exists. Electrical cables / equipment’s should be protected from water and naked flames Thorough checking should be conducted for all electrical connections before energizing Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 20.FIRE PROTECTION NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Drawing excessive current in Electrical system
System failure can occur which leads in turn to fire Hazard Improper laying of overhead and underground cables
Can cause electrocution, severe injuries or prove fatal to People / plant Fires from incipient stage can become fatal ones and may spread to the surrounding areas
Cause severe injuries or prove fatal to People / plant 76 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Ensure Drawing of safe voltage and current ratings are using. Display ‘Danger’ signs prominently. Make sure approved cable size, voltage grade and types are using. Make sure that Switches are in OFF condition of the electrical utilities when not in use Make sure that no unauthorized connections are using. Make sure that distribution of power is safe as per IE rules. Make sure that unarmored cables are not laid directly on ground, wall or roof. Make sure that at least 3M distance from HT cables & 1M distance from LT cables. Make sure that cables should be laid at least 750 mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand overlying by brick soling Make sure that proper sleeves at crossings/ intersections have been provided. Make sure that cable route markers indicating the type and dept of cables at intervals not exceeding 30m and at the diversions / termination have been provided. Make sure that buckets are full of sand & Water. Make sure that fire extinguishers & other safety equipments exist near hazardous locations. Make sure that smoking is restricted to ‘Smoking Zones’ only. People should be trained for using specific type of fire Extinguishers & fighting equipments under different classes of fire. Make sure that fire door / shutters, passages and exit doors are not obstructed. Make sure that good house keeping and first-aid boxes containing equipments as mention in the specification are ready for use. Make sure that accesses to Fire extinguishers are not obstructed. Elevators should not be used for evacuation during fire. In case of a fire, activate manual fire alarm system by breaking glass of manual pull station and shout “Fire, Fire” Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 21.WORKING AT HEIGHTS NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Improper placement of Fire Extinguisher
It may fail to Extinguish the fire Improper storage of highly inflammable substances
It may fail to Extinguish the fire Cause severe injuries or prove fatal to People / plant.
Explosion may occur.
May explode suddenly Person can fall down People / plant can fall down Material can fall down


May sustain severe injuries or prove fatal. May hit the scrap/material stacked at the ground. May hit the workers working a lower levels and prove fatal. 77 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make sure that correct fire extinguisher meant for the specified fire has been provided. Make sure that to extinguish oil and electric fires, water is not being used. Can use foam cylinders / CO2 / Sand. Make sure that safe distance is maintaining from flammable substances / source of ignition Distribution of flammable materials to be restricted to minimum necessary amount only. Fuel storage facilities to be built as per designated code of practice. Make sure that flammable materials stored in stable racks and labeled correctly. Make sure that all chemicals are stored in cool and dry place Make sure that all chemicals are away from heat. Make sure that adequate ventilation system exists. Make sure that flammable material removed properly. Make sure that flammable material shielded properly before welding. Incase of spills wipe off the same immediately All work at height should be properly planned and organised; All work at height takes account of weather conditions that could endanger health and safety; Those involved in work at height should be trained and competent; Ensure that the place where work at height is done is safe; Ensure that equipment for work at height is appropriately inspected; Ensure that the risks from fragile surfaces are properly controlled; Ensure that the risks from falling objects are properly controlled. Ensure that guard rails/barricade at the work place provided. Plan for emergencies and rescue; Ensure that the work is postponed while weather conditions endanger health or safety (but this does not apply to emergency services acting in an emergency). Make sure that safety belts, full body Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 22. CONFINED SPACE NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Serious injury can
occur from hazardous substances or conditions within the space or nearby (e.g. lack of oxygen). Liquids and solids which can suddenly fill the space, or release gases into it, Fire and explosions (eg from flammable vapours, excess oxygen etc). Suffocation / drowning Presence of foul
smell and toxic substances. Hot conditions leading to a dangerous increase in body temperature. Ignition/flame can cause fire.
Unconsciousness, death Inhalation can pose threat to life Person may sustain burn 78 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES harness, helmets, safety shoes, etc. are using as per safety practice. Catch platform and safety nets should only be used where it is not possible to provide any more reliable means of fall protection. Make sure that proper work permit obtained before starting the work at height above 3 meters. Make sure that the work place is neat and clean. Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job. Ensure that nobody should throw or drop materials or equipment from height. All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box. All workers should wear on working uniform. Make sure those workers at low level wearing of helmet. Make sure that respiratory devices are ready for use whenever required. Make sure that confined space is not over crowded. Make sure that exhaust fans have been provided for ventilation purpose. Make sure that no body should enter wearing loose clothes, neck ties, etc inside confined space. Make sure that every body should have work permit before entering a confined space Everyday there should be a checking for presence of hydrocarbon and Aromatic compounds before entering a confined space Make sure that one responsible trained person has been deputed outside the confined space for continuous monitoring and extending help in case of an emergency. This may be necessary to ensure fumes do not develop from residues etc while the work is being done. Make sure that Fire Extinguishers are ready for use whenever required in an easily Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK injuries or explosion may occur 23. HANDLING AND LIFTING EQUIPMENTS 24. SCAFFOLDING FORMWORK AND LADDERS Failure of load lifting and moving equipments
There may be an accident which may turn fatal Overloading of lifting equipments
Person can fall down
There may be an accident which may turn fatal Person may sustain severe injuries and prove fatal 79 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES accessible location. Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job Make sure that nobody is smoking inside the confined space No gas cylinders are allowed inside the confined space. Safe & low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting to be used. Should be checked periodically that oil, brakes, gears, horns and tyre pressure of all moving machinery etc are in safe & good condition. Should be checked periodically that quality, size and condition of all chain pulley blocks, slings, u-clamps, D-shackles wire ropes, etc. are in safe & good condition. Make sure that nobody standing under the lifted load and within the operating radius of cranes Make sure that cranes are moving only on hard, firm and leveled ground only. Make sure that lifting slings as short as a possible. Safe Load indicator should be installed. Make sure that lifting capacity of derricks and winches does not exceed the limit as written on them. Make available protector rails / barricade with warning signal when working at height Always face ladder while climbing or descending. Always use both hands while climbing or descending. Never use top of the ladder as a step. Do not carry loads that might make you loose your balance. Never move or extend a ladder when someone is on it. Ladders should not extend about 1 m above landing for ease access and tying up purpose or similar. Avoid leaning, stretching, or making moves that could throw you off balance Follow the “belt buckle rule” by keeping your body centered within the ladder’s side rails. Wait for the person who went up the ladder first to get all the way off at the top. Then you can climb. This applies when coming down the ladder, too. Hard hats & fall protection required when Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES 25. STRUCTURAL WORKS NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK Failure of scaffolding material
Person may sustain severe injuries and prove fatal Material can fall down
Persons working at lower level gets injured Personal carelessness and danger of fall
Can cause injury or casualty Lifting / slipping of material
Can cause injury or casualty 80 PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES working on scaffolding. Obtain permission to use scaffolding. Check the scaffolding and use a notice as THIS SCAFFOLDING HAS BEEN INSPECTED & SAFE TO USE. Ladders should not be placed against movable objects and maintain base as safe for the working length of the ladder. Make sure that suspended scaffolds never be less than 500mm wide and tied properly with ropes Loose planks should not be allowed. Make sure that PPE, like helmets, safety shoes, etc. are using. All failures were caused either by using the wrong material correctly or the right material incorrectly. Make sure that all scaffolding materials inspected visually for stability and anchoring with permanent structures. Scaffolding should be designed for maximum load carrying capacity. Scaffolding planks shall not be less than as specified in safety code of practice. Make sure that scaffolds are not overloaded. Make sure that short ladders are not joined to make a longer one. Make sure that vertical ladders is not more than 6m Make sure that the scraps have been removed immediately on completion of job. All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box. Safety nets should only be used where it is not possible to provide any more reliable means of fall protection. Do not allow workers to take rest inside rooms built for welding machines or electrical distribution system. Do not allow workers walking on beams at height Make sure that workers wear helmet with chin strap and safety belts when working at height Make sure that workers using hand gloves and goggles during grinding operations Make sure that the sharp and projected edges are covered or marked. Do not allow anybody to stand within the operating radius of cranes. Do not allow anybody to stand under the lifted load. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ACTIVITIES NATURE OF RISK CONSEQUENCE OF RISK PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES Make sure that the all the materials are properly stacked. Make sure that there is no slippage during handling of materials. Longer piece should be lifted up by crane from both ends. Make sure that there is no loose materials at height Make sure that all nuts & bolts are properly tightened. ANNEXURE – B FOLLOWING BIS CODES FOR SAFETY TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR 1. IS 816: 1969 2. 3. IS: 1179 (1967) IS: 1991(1987) 4. IS 1989 : Part 2 : 1986 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel Equipment for eye and face protection during welding Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels. Specification for Leather Safety Boots and Shoes - Part 2 : For Heavy Metal Industries 81 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. IS: 2925 (1984) IS: 3016 (1982) IS: 3043 (1987) IS: 3521 (1999) IS: 3738 (2004) IS: 3696 (part-1, 1987) IS: 3696 (part-2, 1991) IS: 4770 (1991) IS: 5216 (Part-I) 1982 Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets. Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operations Code of practice for earthing. Industrial safety belts and harnesses - Specification Rubber Boots - Specification Safety code of scaffolds and ladders: Part 1 Scaffolds Scaffolds and Ladders - Code of Safety - Part 2 : Ladders Rubber Gloves - Electrical Purposes - Specification Recommendations on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work Part I : General IS: 5216 (Part-II) Recommendation on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work 1982 Part II : Life Saving Techniques IS: 5983, 1980 Eye protectors IS: 6519, 1971 Code of practice for selection, care and repair of safety footwear IS: 6994 (Part-I) 1973 Specification for safety gloves Part 1 Leather and cotton gloves IS: 7293, 1973 Safety code for working with construction machinery IS: 9167 Ear protectors. IS: 11006 Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor) IS: 1016 General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation. IS: 11226 Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole. IS: 13367 Code of practice-safe use of cranes. IS: 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place 82 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE – C FOLLOWING STATUTORY ACTS & RULES TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR SL NO. DESCRIPTION 1. Indian Explosives Act, 1984 2. The Motor Vehicles Act,1988. 3. The Factories Act, 1949. 4. Indian Electricity Act 5. Workmen Compensation Act 6. Indian Boiler Act,1923 7. Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution)Act, 1974 8. The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981 9. The Radiation Protection Rules – 1971 10. The Environment ( Protection) Rules- 1986 11. The Hazardous Wastes ( Management & Handling) Rules- 1989 12. The Manufacture, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-1989 13. The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of service)Act, 1996 83 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ANNEXURE – D FOLLOWING ITEMS TO BE KEPT IN A FIRST AID BOX AT SITE DURING ERECTION BY CONTRACTOR SL.NO 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. DESCRIPTION Small size Roller Bandages, 1 inch wide (Finger Dressing small) Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 inch wide (Hand &Foot Dressing) Large size Roller Bandages , 4inch wide(Body dressing large) Large size Burn dressing (Burn Dressing Large) Cotton Wool (20 gms packing) Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon Mercurichrome Solution (100 ml. ) 2% in water Sal-volatile (20 ml. Ammonia) A pair of scissors. Adhesive Plaster ( 1.25 cm x 5 m) Eye pads in separate sealed Pkt. Tourniqut. Safety pins Time, IODINE (100 ml.) Ointment for burns (Burnol 20 gms.) Polythene wash cup for washing eyes Potassium Permanganate( 20 gms.) Tinc.Benzoine (100 ml.) Triangular Bandages Band Aid Dressing Iodex (25 gms.) Tongue Depressor Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.) Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.) Dressing powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.) Duster Soap Toothache Solution Eye ointment Forceps Cotton Buds (5 Nos.) Note Book 84 QUANTITY 6 Pcs. 6 Pcs. 6 Pcs. 4 Pkts. 4 Pkts. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 piece 1 spool. 4 pcs. 1 No. 1 Dozen. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 No. 1 Pkt. 1 Bottle 2 Nos. 5 Pcs. 1 No. 2 Pkt. 1 Pkt. 1 Bottle 1 No. 12 Nos. 1 No. 1 Bottle 1 Bottle 1 Pkt. 1 Pkt. 1 No. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ALL SCHEDULES SCHEDULES (FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM) 85 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENT SUBMISSION 1.0 GENERAL a) All substitute equipment proposed as equipment specified herein, shall meet or exceed the standards identified in CODES & STANDARD in the specification. b) For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment does in fact equal or exceed the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment. c) Four copies of all submittals shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval. 2.0 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY TENDERER ALONG WITH OFFER a) Technical particulars and Schedules as given elsewhere in the specification and relevant section of other volumes of specification and bidding schedules. b) The dimensional outline and cross sectional drawings of offered pump sets, control and annunciation panels etc. indicating the major dimensions. c) Expected pump performance curves showing head, capacity, efficiency, power, NPSH, Characteristics etc. d) Prices as per price schedules. e) Technical literature in respect of all equipments. f) Information as asked for in relevant clause of the specification. g) Schedule of quantities. h) Specification/ datasheet of equipment. i) Confirmation of conformity to specification. j) Clause wise list of deviations, if any k) Total power requirement and power supply scheme l) Manufacturers product catalogues. m) Quality Assurance Plan. n) Duly filled-in Questionnaire & Schedules. 1) List of spares. 86 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.0 DATA & DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT: a) The successful Bidder shall submit all drawings / data as described below for customer / consultant’s approval before commencement of erection. All necessary technical data pertaining to the equipment and materials required by the customer for proposal shall also be furnished. b) Flow diagram, showing the complete scheme with associate controls. c) Dimensional layout and sectional drawings for the complete scope of work i.e., Hydrant system, Pump House. Sprinkler System etc. d) Dimensional general arrangement drawing of various equipment/system along with cross-section and bill of material as per the requirement in technical specification or as required by the Employer. e) General arrangement drawing of pump sets, suction & delivery headers, cable channel and drain piping etc. indicating the major dimensions, construction material and weights required for civil construction of the floor foundation/mounting of the equipment inside the pump house. However the successful Bidder shall adopt the drawings as approved by purchaser during detail engineering. f) Isometric drawings along with hydraulic calculations for each individual system/equipment as required by the Employer. g) All civil data for design and preparation of equipment foundations by Employer/Engineer (static and dynamic loadings). h) Performance test curves and test certificates for all equipment as per the requirement of technical specifications. i) Any other data/curve deemed necessary by the Employer/ Engineer. j) GA drawing showing the distribution of portable extinguisher k) Electrical single line diagram and G.A. and wiring diagram drawing of all panels with foundation details. l) Power and other utility distribution schemes. m) Dimensional layout and sectional drawings for the complete scope of work (including pipe and cable layout). n) Dimensional General Arrangement Drawing of various equipment along with cross-section and bill of material. o) Bill of materials indicating technical description, make, quantity etc. of Fire Protection System being offered by the Bidder. p) Dimensional drawing of hose cabinets. q) Dimensional drawings for hydrant valves, gate valves etc. r) Any other drawings/documents deemed necessary by the Employer/ Consultant. 87 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm s) As-built drawings for the entire scope of work identifying all layout details, terminal points etc. t) The successful Bidder shall be required to prepare detailed shop drawings and submit three copies for approval within four weeks of award of contract. He shall incorporate the comments made by the purchaser/consultant and re-submit the revised version in four (4) copies for final approval. The job shall be executed by these duly approved drawings/test certificates. u) The approval of vendor’s drawings and test certificates by the customer shall not relieve the vendor’s responsibility for efficient, reliable and satisfactory operation of the equipment offered for which he shall be fully responsible. v) Bar or PERT Chart indicating from the date of acceptance of the tender to the time required for the commencement and completion of all engineering and design work, Procurement, erection, testing, commissioning & handover of the system w) Final schedule of quantities. x) Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4.0 Write-ups, Manuals & Leaflets i. Write-up on operation, control and monitoring of the Fire Protection System. ii. Instruction manuals for maintenance, overhaul and replacement. iii. Write-up on specific features of equipment, if any. iv. Replacement parts list with ordering information. v. Leaflets and catalogues, etc. covering equipment features. vi. Information, tools & plants, instructions, drawings and all other relevant data regarding erection and commissioning of the supplied plant. vii. The information shall be organised in a logical and orderly sequence. A general description of the equipment including significant technical characteristics shall be included to familiarise operating and maintenance personnel with the equipment. viii. Necessary drawings and/or other illustrations shall be included or copies of appropriate final drawings shall be bound in the manual. Test, adjustment and calibration information, as appropriate, shall be included and shall be identified to the specific equipment. Safety and other warning notices and installation, maintenance and operating cautions shall be emphasized. ix. A parts list shall be included showing part nomenclature, manufacturer's part number and/or other information necessary for accurate identification and ordering of replaceable parts. x. Instruction manual shall be securely bound in durable folder. 88 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm xi. If a standard manual is furnished covering more than the specific equipment purchased, the applicable model (or other identification) number, parts number and other information for the specific equipment purchased shall be clearly identified. Sectional drawing to suitable scales and characteristic curves for the particular equipment supplied must be included in the Instruction Manual. xii. The Instruction Manual shall include the list of spare parts that have been procured along with the equipment. It shall also include list of all special tools and tackle furnished with complete drawings and instruction for use of such tools and tackles. xiii. The Instruction Manual will need approval of Employer in the same fashion as that for drawings. xiv. The contractor shall submit any other information that may be specified elsewhere in this tender document. 89 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm WARRANTY & POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE 90 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm WARRANTY All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free form defects and shall remain so for a period of at least one-year form the date of beneficial use. POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE Complete maintenance and repair service for the Fire Fighting system shall be available from a factory trained authorised representative of the major equipment manufacture for a period of five years after expiration. As part of this submittal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, test and repair described below. Include also unscheduled maintenance/repair, including deputing technicians trained on this equipment. Submittals, which do not identify all post contract maintenance costs, will not be accepted. The rates and costs shall be valid for the period of five years after expirations of the warranty. Maintenance and testing shall be as required by the local Consultant / local Fire brigade. A preventive maintenance schedule shall include: 1) Systematic examination, adjustment, and cleaning of all Fire Fighting pumps. Panel, Piping, valves & specialties, all instrument, controls panels, power supplies, relays and all accessories of the fire Fighting system. 2) System shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of TAC/ Purchaser’s guidelines. 3) Bidder should submit the detail plan of maintenance along with the qualifications and experience of the personnel to be deputed for the purpose. 4) Periodical Testing to be carried out by No’s of Trained Technical personnel. 5) In case of Trouble/Failure Trained personnel should be available immediately round the clock. 91 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF TEST & INSPECTION Test & Inspection as per Specification shall be performed. All equipments covered under this specification shall be subjected to inspection and test by the purchaser. However the purchaser shall have the right to reject the equipment if it does not comply the specification when erected or does not give complete and satisfactory operation. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor. The particulars of proposed tests and procedure to be adopted shall meet owner’s prior approval. SHOP TEST: i) Shop tests of all major equipments like centrifugal pump, electric drive motors, piping, valve and specialties, electric panels, control, instrumentation, etc. shall be carried out as per applicable standards/codes. ii) Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at manufacturer’s works. The tests to be carried out shall include but not be limited to the following: a) Hydraulic tests of all pressure parts, piping hoses etc. b) Dimensional and visual check. c) Balancing test of rotating components. d) Determination of characteristics of pumps, electric drive motors, e) Performance characteristics of sprinkler. f) Performance tests on every equipment individually. g) Calibration test of instruments h) In the absence of any code / standard, equipment shall be tested as per mutually agreed procedure between the contractor and purchaser. i) All ORIGINAL test certificate and reports shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval. SITE TESTS: a) All piping and valves, after installation shall be tested hydraulically at a pressure 1.5 times of the maximum shut off head of pump to check against leak tightness. b) All Gate valves shall be operated throughout 100% opening & closing and these shall function without any trouble. 92 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) All pumps shall run with the specified fluid from shut off condition to valve open condition. Head developed shall be checked from the discharge pressure gauge reading. During the test, the pumps and drive shall run smoothly without any undue vibration leakage through gland, temperature rise in the bearing parts, noise, flow etc. d) Painting shall be checked by dry type thickness gauge. e) Visual check on all structural components welding, painting etc. shall be carried out and if doubt arises these shall be tested again. f) The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments. g) All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable standards/codes. h) After erection at site, the complete hydrant, Sprinkler system shall be subjected to tests to show satisfactory performance in line with requirements of TAC/WBFES/PURCHASER. i) Automatic starting of all the fire pumps by operating test valves. j) Automatic operation of jockey pump. k) Operation of hydrants and testing of sequential starting of all the fire pumps. 93 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF TRAINING OF PURCHASERS PERSONNEL During Installation, testing and commissioning Purchaser’s Personnel shall be trained thoroughly by Bidder’s Engineers to acquaint with the system maintenance and operation without any extra cost. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ __________________ Signature__________________ _____________________ Designation__________________ ___________________ Date_______________________ 94 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE Bidder has to submit list of required for two years trouble free maintenance. SL.NO. quantity DESCRIPTION COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm___________________ Signature___________________ Designation__________________ Date___________________ SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING AND HANDING OVER A. TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED DURING INSTALLATION In addition to the testing procedure as stipulated by TAC following test to be conducted by contractor. 1) Radiography test to be conducted for 10% of total welded joints. 2) Wrapping & Coating to be tested using Holidays detector as specified in the specification. 3) All underground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two (2) hours keeping trench as far as possible in open condition. 95 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4) All over ground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two (2) hours. B. TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION 1) All motors shall run Eight (8) hours without any load. 2) All pump sets shall run one (1) hour through test line one after another. 3) Network shall be pressurized and sequence of operation of pumps as per operation philosophy to be conducted through test line. 4) All cables shall be Meggered and tested for continuity. 5) All annunciation in the panel to be achieved by actual operation. 6) All test as described in the specification to be carried out. 7) Any other tests required by purchaser /TAC C. PRE-INSTALLATION TESTING 1) Pre-installation testing consists of testing the equipment at manufacturer’s works. 2) All equipment shall undergo type and routine test at manufacturer’s works before dispatch to site. All test shall conform to UL/LPC/FOM/TAC /IS and test certificate shall be submitted. The materials shall be dispatched only after issue of INSPECTION CERTIFICATE/INSPECTION WAIVAL CERTIFICATE. The equipment or materials dispatched without certificates will be rejected. The tests at manufacturer’s works will be mutually agreed upon as per QAP to be approved by client. 3) Proper records counter signed by client for actual works executed shall be maintained and submitted to client. D. COMMISSIONING Before integrated commissioning of Fire Protection System a stage called pre-commissioning activities will be conducted to trial run of a particular in-order to check the related functional check for systems; Fire water pumps functioning etc. The entire integrated commissioning of FPS will be the responsibility of this contractor. This contractor will depute able personnel to handle this job in full co-operation with other contractors, client, and consultant. NOTE First fill lubricants grease, fuel etc. as may be required to commission the system shall be supplied by successful bidder. Bidder shall also include price for commission spare in his price Bid. All tests listed shall be subject to the satisfaction of Purchaser/TAC/*consultant. 96 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Name of Firm__________________ Signature__________________ Designation________________ COMPANY SEAL 97 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE FOR MATERIALS AND SYSTEM All materials to be supplied for this project shall be guaranteed for 18 months from receipt at site or 12 months after commissioning. Any defect if found during this period shall be supplied, erected and commissioned without any extra cost within the specified time stipulated by purchaser. SYSTEM shall be guaranteed up to 12 months after commissioning. Any defect raised during this period shall be rectified without any extra cost within the specified time stipulated by Purchaser. Bidder’s Engineer/engineers shall be posted at site during the guarantee period. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature__________________ Designation________________ Date_________________________ 98 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the Technical Specification. Unless specifically mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to the Purchaser’s specification. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature________________ Designation______________ Date_________________________ 99 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM GENERAL CONDITIONS In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the General Condition. Unless specifically mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to this Schedule, the bid shall be deemed to the Purchaser’s specification. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature____________________ _ Designation___________________ Date_________________________ 100 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DECLARATION SHEET I, certify that all the above typed in data and information pertaining to this specification are correct and is a true representation of the equipment and services covered by our formal Proposal No. ....................... Dated....................... I hereby certify that I am duly authorised representative of the Bidder whose name appears above my signature. Bidder’s Name: Authorised Representative’s Signature: ............................................................... Authorised Representative’s Name (Typed): ............................................................... Bidder’s Intent: The Bidder hereby agrees to fully comply with the requirements and intent of this specification for the price indicated. Authorised Representative’s Signature: LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT/ COMPONENT 1. CENTRIFUGAL PUMP KIORLOSKAR/BEACON WEIR/MATHER & PLATT/ KSB 2. MOTOR KIRLOSKAR/ALSTOM/CROMPTON GREAVES/ SIEMENS 3. DIESEL ENGINE KIRLOSKAR/GREAVES/CUMMINS 4. M.S. PIPE TATA /SAIL/JINDAL 5. PIPE FITTINGS VS ENGINEERING/JK FORGING/ BM/HB/SIDDARTH/GAUTAM/ MS FITTINGS (CALCUTTA)/ ECHJAY/TUBEBEND 6. COATING & WRAPPING FOR PIPES LLYODS / STP / IWL (PYPEKOTE) 7. GATE & NON-RETURN VALVE UPDHYAY / H.SARKAR / KIRLOSKAR / KOLEY / KSB 8. GLOBE VALVE LEADER / ZOLOTO 9. BASKET / Y TYPE STRAINER TELE FLOW / SPIREX 101 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 10. PRESSURE GAUGE H. GURU/A.N. INSTRUMENT/BELLS FIEBIG 11. PRESSURE SWITCH DANFOSS (INDFOSS)/SWITZER 12. NEWAGE / MINIMAX /GEI / SEALFIRE 13. HYDRANT VALVE, BRANCH PIPE, HOSE SIAMESE VALVE 14. FIRE EXTINGUISHER (PORTABLE) 15. PANEL WIRING MIINIMAX/FIRESHIELD/ALERT/NEWAGE/SAFEX/ FIRESHIELD FINOLEX / HAVEL / PLAZA 16. POWER CABLE GOVIND/POLYCAB/LASER/NICCO/PLAZA 17. CONTROL CABLE GOVIND/POLYCAB/LASER/NICCO/PLAZA 18. AIR RELEASE VALVE SHIVA DURGA, IVPL, STEAM & MINING, SCHRODER 19. BALL VALVES 20. SOLENOID VALVE AUDCO, KSB, MICROFINISH, NITTON, BDK, HI-TECH, VIRGO, ROTEX, SICMAG, SCHARDER, AVCON, ASCO. 21. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SHAH BHOGILAL/SUKANT/NEWAGE / GEI/ SEALFIRE FOURESS, BESTOBELL, IL, MAZDA, FORBES, MARSHAL, R. K. CONTROL. NOTE: For Items that are not covered in above list, specific approval to be obtained from client 102 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SL. NO. DESCRIPTION 1. SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS SUBMISSION 2. SCHEDULE OF WARRANTY & POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE 3. SCHEDULE OF SHOP TEST & INSPECTION 4. SCHEDULE OF TRAINING OF PURCHASER PERSONNEL’S 5. SCHEDULE OF SPARE PARTS FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE 6. SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING & HANDING OVER 7. 8. SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE OF MATERIALS & SYSTEM SCHEDULE OF DEVIATION FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION . 103 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENT SUBMISSION GENERAL 1. All substitute equipment proposed as equipment specified herein, shall meet or exceed the standards identified in CODES & STANDARD in the specification. 2. For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment does in fact equal or exceed the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment. 3. Four copies of all submittals shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval. INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY TENDERER ALONG WITH OFFER. • System architectural drawings. • Schedule of quantities. • Specification/ datasheet of equipment/cables/materials. • Confirmation of conformity to specification. • Clause wise list of deviations, if any • Total power requirement and power supply scheme. • Details of ratings of batteries to be provided along-with calculation. • General view of Master controller and its associated units. • Manufacturer’s product catalogues. • Time schedule and bar chart indicating various construction activities. • Quality Assurance Plan. • Duly filled-in Questionnaire & Schedules. • List of software provided. • List of spares. • List of programming tools. • Prices as per price schedules. • Information as asked for in relevant clause of the specification. 104 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT: a. The successful Bidder shall submit all drawings / data as described below for customer / consultant’s approval before commencement of erection. All necessary technical data pertaining to the equipment and materials required by the customer for proposal shall also be furnished. b. The successful Bidder shall be required to prepare detailed shop drawings and submit three copies for approval within four weeks of award of contract. He shall incorporate the comments made by the purchaser/consultant and resubmit the revised version in four (4) copies for final approval. The job shall be executed by these duly approved drawings/test certificates. c. Successful Bidder shall submit simultaneously with the shop drawings, complete operating and technical manuals listing the manufacturer name(s), including technical data sheets. d. The approval of vendor’s drawings and test certificates by the customer shall not relieve the vendor of the responsibility for efficient, reliable and satisfactory operation of the equipment offered for which he shall be fully responsible. e. Bar or PERT Chart indicating from the date of acceptance of the tender to the time required for the commencement and completion of all engineering and design work, Procurement, erection, testing, commissioning & handover of the system. DRAWINGS TO BE PREPARED BY SUCCESSFUL TENDERER A. FOR APPROVAL • Final schedule of quantities. • System architectural drawings and write-up for system operation. • Panel general view and construction details. • Location of detectors, scheme of panel. • Cable routing / earthing layout. • Specification data sheets for equipment, cables and Junction Boxes. • Master control unit arrangement with associated units. • Schedule for cables & conduits. • UPS/BATTERY capacity calculation. • FOR INFORMATION AND REFERENCE • Panel wiring diagrams • Operation and Maintenance Manuals. • Software required for integrated system operation. 105 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm B. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Successful Bidder has to submit sufficient information, clearly presented, to determine compliance with drawings and specifications. 2. Successful Bidder has to include manufacturer’s name(s), model numbers, ratings, power requirements, equipment layouts, device arrangement, complete wiring point-to-point diagrams, and conduit layouts. 3. Successful Bidder has to show annunciator layout and main Control Panel Module Layout, configurations and terminations. C. MANUALS 1. Wiring diagrams shall include the interconnections between the pieces of equipment. 2. Provide a clear and concise description of operation, which gives, in detail, the information required to properly operating the equipment and system. 3. Approvals will be based on complete submissions of manuals together with shop drawings. 106 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF WARRANTY & POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE WARRANTY All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free form defects and shall remain so for a period of at least one-year form the date of beneficial use. POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE a) Complete maintenance and repair service for the fire Alarm & Fire Fighting system shall be available from a factory trained representative of the major equipment manufacture for a period of five years after expiration. b) As part of this submittal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, test and repair described below. Include also unscheduled maintenance/repair, including deputing technicians trained on this equipment. Submittals, which do not identify all post contract maintenance costs, will not be accepted. The rates and costs shall be valid for the period of five years after expirations of the warranty. c) Maintenance and testing shall be as required by the local Fire brigade / Consultant. A preventive maintenance schedule shall include: I) Systematic examination, adjustment, and cleaning of all instrument, all detectors, manual fire alarm stations, controls panels, power supplies, relays and all accessories of the fire alarm system. II) Each circuit in the fire alarm system shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72 III) Each smoke detector shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72. IV) Bidder should submit the detail plan of maintenance along with the qualifications and experience of the personnel to be deputed for the purpose. V) Minimum One person should be available from 8’O clock in the morning to 8’O clock in the evening every day in the premises. VI) Periodical Testing to be carried out by No’s of Trained Technical personnel. VII) In case of Trouble/Failure Trained personnel should be available energizing round the clock. 107 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF TEST & INSPECTION 1. Test & Inspection as per Specification shall be performed. 2. The purchaser shall subject all equipments covered under this specification to inspection and test. The approval of purchaser shall not however, the right of purchaser to reject the equipment if it does not comply the specification when erected or does not give complete and satisfactory operation. 3. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor. The particulars of proposed tests and procedure to be adopted shall meet owner’s prior approval. 4. SHOP TEST: iii) Shop tests of all major equipments and specialties, electric panels, control, instrumentation, automatic detectors etc. shall be carried out as per applicable standards/codes. iv) Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at manufacturer’s works The tests to be carried out shall include but not be limited to the following: a) Dimensional and visual check. b) Response characteristics of detectors. c) Performance characteristics of detectors. d) Performance tests on every equipment individually. e) Performance test on automatic detectors and manual call points. f) Calibration test of instruments 5. In the absence of any code / standard, equipment shall be tested as per mutually agreed procedure between the contractor and purchaser. 6. All ORIGINAL test certificate and reports shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval. 7. The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments. 8. All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable standards/codes. 9. After erection at site, the complete detection and alarm system shall be subjected to tests to show satisfactory performance in line with requirements of NFPA. 108 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF TRAINING OF PURCHASERS PERSONNEL During Installation, testing and commissioning Purchaser’s Personnel shall be trained thoroughly by Bidder’s Engineers to acquaint with the system maintenance and operation without any extra cost. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature_____________________ Designation___________________ Date_________________________ 109 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE Bidder has to submit list of required for two years trouble free maintenance. SL.NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature_____________________ Designation___________________ Date_________________________ 110 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING AND HANDING OVER PRE-INSTALLATION TESTING • Pre-installation testing consists of testing the equipment at manufacturer’s works. • All equipment shall undergo type and routine test at manufacturer’s works before dispatch to site. All tests shall conform to UL/LPCB and test certificate shall be submitted. The materials shall be dispatched only after issue of INSPECTION CERTIFICATE/INSPECTION WAIVAL CERTIFICATE. The equipment or materials dispatched without certificates will be rejected. The tests at manufacturer’s works will be mutually agreed upon as per QAP to be approved by client. • Proper records counter signed by client for actual works executed shall be maintained and submitted to client. COMMISSIONING Before integrated commissioning of Fire Alarm System a stage called pre-commissioning activities will be conducted to trial run of a particular module/remote panel in-order to check the related functional check for systems;The entire integrated commissioning of Fire Alarm System will be the responsibility of this contractor. This contractor will depute able personnel to handle this job in full co-operation with other contractors, client, and consultant. NOTE: Bidder shall also include price for commission spare in his price Bid. All tests listed shall be subject to the satisfaction of Purchaser/Consultant A. TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION. 1. All cables shall be Merged and tested for continuity. 2. All annunciations in the panel to be achieved by actual operation. 3. All test as described in the specification to be carried out. 4. Any other tests required by purchaser/Consultant 5. Insulation and continuity check along with address of each detector. 6. Actuation of relay for shutting off A/C. system/ventilation system. 7. Warning for evacuation. 8. Alerting security/fire of personnel by siren.( if any) 9. The contractor to the satisfaction of Client and Consultant will conduct all tests. 10. Performance test to be conducted at site after installation. As applicable as per IS 2189 Appendix – “A” and as per Format given in the specification COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm Signature Designation : : : Date : 111 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE FOR MATERIALS AND SYSTEM All materials to be supplied for this project shall be guaranteed for 18 months from receipt at site or 12 months after commissioning. Any defect if found during this period shall be supplied, erected and commissioned without any extra cost within the specified time stipulated by purchaser. SYSTEM shall be guaranteed up to 12 months after commissioning. Any defect raised during this period shall be rectified without any extra cost within the specified time stipulated by Purchaser. Bidder’s Engineer/engineers shall be posted at site during the guarantee period. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature_____________________ Designation___________________ 112 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the Technical Specification. Unless specifically mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to the Purchaser’s specification. COMPANY SEAL Name of Firm__________________ Signature_____________________ Designation__________________ Date______________________ 113 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm DATA SHEETS TO BE FILLED BY THE BIDDER FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM The Bidder shall fill in the technical information and the data sheets required in the following Schedule and submit the same along with his proposal. The information sought out in Data Sheets enclosed hereinafter in this Section, shall be furnished by the Bidder in the format specified by typing out answers to the questionnaire at the appropriate spaces allotted. These must be properly signed by the authorised representative of the Bidder as verification of the data submitted. (All pertinent, data/information must be furnished in the following data sheets). KEY INFORMATION 1.00 2.00 Name of Bidder Nationality 3.00 4.00 Responsible officer of Bidder, designation, Fax and telephone number, postal address, E-Mail Bidder’s Proposal Number 5.00 Bidder’s Proposal Date 6.00 7.00 Validity of offer, counted from the date of opening of bid Price firm? 8.00 If not, escalation formula and ceiling limit 9.00 Terms of payment 10.00 13.00 Whether agreeable to liquidated damage (L.D) due to Yes/No deficient performance. If yes, any ceiling limit of L.D? Whether agreeable to liquidated damage (L.D) due to Yes/No late delivery? If yes, any ceiling limit of L.D? Furnished base offer strictly as per specification Yes/No requirement? Equipment guarantee period 14.00 Guaranteed commissioning period 15.00 Quotation for spare submitted 11.00 12.00 Yes/No 114 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Cl. No. 1.00 Description Motor Operated Diesel Engine Operated Jockey Pump PUMPS 1.01 General 1.02 Manufacturer 1.03 Model No. 1.04 Type of pump 1.05 Number of pumps offered 1.06 Guaranteed Performance 1.06.01 Rated capacity cu.m/hr. (specify also tolerance limit) 1.06.02 Total dynamic head at rated capacity, MWC 1.06.03 Shutoff head, MWC 1.06.04 `Range of operation’ of the pump …...% to …......% of rated capacity 1.06.05 The pump offered have continuously rising head capacity curves from the specific duty point towards shutoff point (Yes/No) 1.06.06 The pump offered have stable rising HQ curve within the ‘range of operation’ only (Yes/No) 1.06.07 Pump rated speed, rpm 1.06.08 Guaranteed pump efficiency at rated capacity (specify also tolerance limit) 1.06.09 Power consumption a) Guaranteed pump input power at rated capacity, KW b) Guaranteed maximum pump input power within `range of operation’ KW c) Pump input power at shut off, KW 1.07 Design & Construction Features 1.07.1 Type of pump casing 115 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.07.2 Pump duty (continuous/intermittent) 1.07.3 Location 1.07.4 Pumps suitable for parallel operation (Yes/No) 1.07.5 Pump, number of stages 1.07.6 Permissible maximum suction lift/minimum suction head required in MWC for pump operation at maximum discharge point within the `range of operation” specified 1.07.7 Minimum flow the pump can handle without overheating, cu.m /hr. 1.07.8 Whether pump is suitably designed so that pump internals can be attended without disturbing suction & discharge piping (Yes/No) 1.07.9 Provision of rotor position adjustment available (Yes/No) 1.07.10 Type of coupling between pump & motor 1.07.11 Coupling guard provided (Yes/No) 1.07.12 Bearing a) Type b) Location & quantity c) Type of lubrication d) Lubricant e) Design life (Hrs.) 1.08 Shaft Sealing Arrangement a) Type b) Sealing liquid 1.09 Material of Construction - (indicate applicable code / standard) 1.09.1 Casing 116 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.09.2 Casing liner 1.09.3 Diffuser 1.09.4 Impeller 1.09.5 Wearing ring (casing) 1.09.6 Wearing ring (impeller) 1.09.7 Shaft 1.09.8 Shaft sleeves 1.09.9 Mechanical seal parts 1.09.10 Base plate 1.09.11 Bearings 1.09.12 Stuffing box 1.09.13 Fasteners 1.09.14 Companion flanges 1.10 Connections Details a) Suction nozzle (NB) b) Discharge nozzle (NB) 1.11 Drive Data: 1.11.1 Drive unit output at ambient condition, KW 1.11.2 Rated speed, 1.11.3 Inspection and Testing 1.11.4 Material test (Yes/No) 1.12 1.13 Weight of the pump and drive assembly for foundation design, kg. Weight of the pump assembly, kg. 1.14 Weight of the motor only, kg. rpm 117 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2.00 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVES 2.01 Number and type 2.02 Manufacturer 2.03 Model No. 2.04 Number of cylinder, bore and stroke (in mm) 2.05 Rated speed, rpm 2.06 2.07 Net brake available power at shaft at rated rpm (KW), after deducting all auxiliary power consumption and also derating for site elevation and temperature Derating factor values considered 2.08 Auxiliary power consumption considered 2.09 Net brake available power required to drive the pump at 15% of rated discharge (at site elevation & ambient temperature) Margin provided over the power required at the duty point of the pump after considering the effect of site elevation and ambient temperature Whether all valves, piping and fittings, filters etc. provided Speed governing system provided 2.010 2.011 2.012 2.013 2.014 High water temperature shut down switch provided Battery - make & type 2.015 Battery - number per engine 2.016 2.017 Alternative manual starting arrangement provided? Lubrication oil pressure gauge a) Make and type b) Number per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 118 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2.018 a) Thermometer for Coolant Temperature Measurement Make and type b) Nos. per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 2.019 Tachometer for Engine RPM Measurement a) Make and type b) Nos. per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 2.020 Battery Charging System a) Make b) Type c) Number per engine d) Both engine driven generator and rectifier type Yes/No battery charger furnished ? Automatic controlling arrangement for rectifier Yes/No type battery charger furnished Ammeter details e) 2.021 a) Make b) Nos. per engine 119 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) Range d) Dial size, mm 2.022 Fuel system a) Fuel oil tank details b) No. (for each engine) c) Whether integral with engine? d) Capacity, litres e) Material f) Size, mm g) h) Time of continuous full load running with full capacity storage, hours Accessories/instruments provided i) Engine fuel pump supplied Yes/No 2.023 All piping, valves, fittings, filters etc. supplied? Yes/No 2.024 Cooling System 2.025 Direct cooling system provided? 2.026 Type of cooling 2.027 Necessary piping, fitting, valves, pressure reducing orifice, pressure gauges, duplex strainer etc. furnished? Cooling water requirement, cum./hr. 2.028 2.029 Yes/No a) Level gauge for Fuel Oil, Tank and Lubricating Oil Pump Make and type b) Numbers c) Gauge glass body and cover material d) Accessories e.g., offset valves, union bonnet, female union level connection, flanged tank connection, vent and drain plug are provided Location e) 120 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2.030 a) Temperature indicator in Lubricating Oil Outlet from the Oil Cooler Make and type b) Nos. per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 2.031 Temperature Indicator for Exhaust Gas a) Make and type b) Nos. per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 2.032 a) Differential Pressure Gauges Across Strainers and Filters Make and type b) Nos. per engine c) Range d) Location e) Accuracy 2.033 Whether engine is provided with all accessories as Yes/No specified in the specification like base plate, inlet and exhaust duct with filters, silencers etc.? Diesel engine approved by the Regional Yes/No Committee of the Tariff Advisory Committee? Weight and Loading Data 2.034 2.035 2.036 2.037 Weight of the engine assembly along with the weight of other accessories (kgf) for foundation design Drawing/Literature submitted Yes/No 121 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.00 3.01 a) PIPING, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES PIPES & FITTINGS e) Complete piping, fittings, valves, strainers, Yes/No counter - flanges and all other accessories furnished Class and type of underground steel pipes and fittings of different sizes along with relevant codes/standards Class and type of steel pipes erected over ground of different sizes along with relevant codes/ standards Type of protective coating/painting on the outside of piping surface Steel pipes buried in soil f) Steel pipes carried in trenches/laid over ground g) All bolts, nuts, gaskets, bends, unions, packing, pipe hangers, supports, anchoring materials etc. as required for complete erection and commissioning furnished GATE/BUTTERFLY VALVE b) c) d) 3.02 3.03.01 Number, size, type and pressure rating (a separate list shall be enclosed if necessary) Code/Standard 3.03.02 Material of construction a) Body b) Valve Trims/Disc 3.03.03 Flange drilling standard 3.03.04 Approved by 3.03.05 Hydrostatic test pressure kg./cm.2 for - a) Body b) Seat/Disc. 3.03 CHECK VALVES Yes/No 122 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.04.01 Code/Standard 3.04.02 Material of construction a) Body b) Valve trims 3.04.03 Flange drilling standard 3.04.04 Approved by BIS 3.04.05 Hydrostatic test pressure kg./cm.2 a) Body b) Seat 3.04 HYDRANT VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 3.04.01 Code/Standard 3.04.02 Material of construction a) Standpost column b) Hydrant valve body c) Hydrant valve internal d) Quick coupling end 3.04.03 Minimum acceptable pressure at inlet 3.04.04 Accepted by BIS? 3.05 3.05.01 Yes/No HOSE PIPES AND ACCESSORIES Material of construction a) 63 mm diameter and 15 meters long hose b) Branch pipe c) Nozzles (also sizes) d) Spanner e) Hose box 123 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.06 PRESSURE GAUGE a) Manufacturer b) Model Number c) Nos. offered d) Year of Manufacture e) Type f) Dial size g) End connection h) Range i) Accuracy j) MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 1. Pressure element 2. Casing 3. Socket 4. Colour specification 5. Dial 6. Numerals 7. Documents submitted 8. Test to be carried out by Manufacturer. k) Approved by 3.07 Level Switch a) Type b) Manufacturer c) Mounting detail d) Float/displacer material I. No. provided II. Float/displacer material 124 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm e) Wire rope, spring housing sleeve pipe material f) Sleeve material and size (NB) g) Spring material h) Switch housing and cover i) Maximum working temperature j) Switch housing type, enclosure type k) Type of switch l) Switch configuration m) Contact rating and no. of contacts n) Set point adjustment o) Accessories p) Catalogue furnished? q) Whether the switch can monitor high & low level independently PORTABLE WATER TYPE EXTINGUISHER 3.08 a) Manufacturer b) Year of manufacture c) Performance I. Capacity, litres II. Maximum effective range when tested in still air condition, m Minimum period during which the jet shall be maintained at a length of not less than 6 m, sec. Maximum period for discharge of 95% of the solution, sec. Construction features III. IV. d) I. Relevant standard 125 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm II. Test pressure for extinguisher body (kg./cm2g) III. Whether handle is provided? IV. Provided any indication that the extinguisher has not been used Material of construction (specify code/ standard) e) I. Body II. Neck ring III. Cap IV. Nozzle V. Washer f) g) Approximate weight of extinguisher (cylinder filled), kg. Capacity of CO2 gas cartridge h) Dimension I. Cartridge length, mm II. Cartridge diameter, mm III. Cartridge shell thickness, mm IV. External diameter of extinguisher, mm V. Overall height of extinguisher, mm VI. Throat diameter of nozzle, mm VII. Length of hose pipe, mm VIII. Bore of hose pipe, mm i) Code/Standards followed j) Supply of accessories k) List of accessories provided l) Condition of refilling 126 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm m) Drawing/literature enclosed with offer n) Whether bearing ISI marking? 3.09 CARBON-DI-OXIDE TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER a) Manufacturer b) Year of manufacture c) Performance I. Capacity, kg. II. Maximum effective range, m III. Effective complete discharge time, sec. d) Construction features i. Relevant standard ii. Filling ratio at 30 °C iii. Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g) iv. Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g) v. Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g) vi. Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g) vii. Whether safety release provided Yes/No e) Material of construction (specify standard/ code) i. Cylinder material ii. Control valve material iii. Internal discharge tube iv. Hose pipe v. Discharge horn vi. Carrying handle vii. Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn 127 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm f) g) I. Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Dimensions II. Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Overall height, mm III. Length of hose pipe, mm IV. Bore of hose pipe, mm V. Length of discharge horn, mm VI. Area of discharge of cylinder, mm VII. Internal diameter of cylinder, mm VIII. Thickness of cylinder shell, mm h) List of codes and standards followed i) Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent j) List of accessories provided k) Conditions for refilling l) Drawing/Literature enclosed m) Whether bearing ISI markings? n) Whether approved by Chief Inspector of Explosive, Govt. of India DRY POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, 3.010 a) Manufacturer b) Year of manufacture c) Performance I. Capacity, kg. II. Maximum effective range, m III. Effective complete discharge time, sec. 128 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm d) Construction features i. Relevant standard ii. Filling ratio at 30 °C iii. Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g) iv. Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g) v. Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g) vi. Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g) vii. Whether safety release provided e) Yes/No Material of construction (specify standard/ code) i. Cylinder material ii. Control valve material iii. Internal discharge tube iv. Hose pipe v. Discharge horn vi. Carrying handle vii. Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn f) Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Dimensions g) i. ii. Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Overall height, mm iii. Length of hose pipe, mm iv. Bore of hose pipe, mm v. Length of discharge horn, mm vi. Area of discharge of cylinder, mm 129 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm vii. Internal diameter of cylinder, mm viii. Thickness of cylinder shell, mm h) List of codes and standards followed i) Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent j) List of accessories provided k) Conditions for refilling l) Drawing/Literature enclosed m) Whether bearing ISI markings? n) 3.011 Whether approved by Chief Inspector of Explosive, Govt. of India ABC POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, a) Manufacturer b) Year of manufacture c) Performance i. Capacity, kg. ii. Maximum effective range, m iii. Effective complete discharge time, sec. d) e) Construction features i. Relevant standard ii. Filling ratio at 30 °C iii. Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g) iv. Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g) v. Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g) vi. Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g) vii. Whether safety release provided Yes/No Material of construction (specify standard/ code) 130 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm i. Cylinder material ii. Control valve material iii. Internal discharge tube iv. Hose pipe v. Discharge horn vi. Carrying handle vii. Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn f) g) i. Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Dimensions ii. Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled, kg Overall height, mm iii. Length of hose pipe, mm iv. Bore of hose pipe, mm v. Length of discharge horn, mm vi. Area of discharge of cylinder, mm vii. Internal diameter of cylinder, mm viii. Thickness of cylinder shell, mm h) List of codes and standards followed i) Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent j) List of accessories provided k) Conditions for refilling l) Drawing/Literature enclosed m) Whether bearing ISI markings? n) Whether approved by Chief Inspector of Explosive, Govt. of India 131 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm TECHNICAL PARTICULARS - ELECTRICAL 1.00 A. C. MOTOR NOTE:1. The Bidder must submit along with the Bid at least those data, which are marked with asterisk (*). 2. After award of contract, the successful Bidder shall resubmit completely filled in datasheets. 1.01.00 GENERAL 1.01.01 Application* 1.01.02 Quantity* 1.01.03 Make* 1.01.04 Frame Size 1.01.05 Applicable Standard* 1.02.00 TYPE AND RATING 1.02.01 Type of Motor* 1.02.02 Service* 1.02.03 Duty Cycle/Designation* 1.02.04 Rated Continuous Output* a) At 50 °C ambient (kW) b) Rated Speed* (r.p.m.) c) Rated Voltage & % variation* d) Rated Frequency & % variation* e) Full load current* f) No load current* g) Rated Power Factor* 1.02.05 Efficiency at rated voltage and Frequency 132 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Full load* (%) b) ¾ load c) ½ load (%) (%) 1.03.00 PERFORMANCE 1.03.01 Method of Starting* 1.03.02 Starting Current at rated Voltage* (% f.l.c.) 1.03.03 Starting Torque at rated Voltage* (kg.m) a) Pull out torque b) Break way torque 1.03.04 Starting time at - a) With load* (sec.) b) Without load (driven Equipment coupled) (sec.) 1.03.05 80% Voltage 100% Voltage Safe stall time at 110% rated voltage (sec.) a) Hot condition* (sec.) b) Cold condition (sec.) 1.04.00 CONSTRUCTION 1.04.01 Type of Enclosure* 1.04.02 Method of Cooling* 1.04.03 Insulation Class* 1.04.04 Temperature Rise over 50°C ambient (by resistance)* 1.04.05 Tropicalised* (Yes/No) 1.04.06 Winding Connection* 1.04.07 Bearings D.E. 133 N.D.E. Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Make b) Type c) Recommended lubricant 1.04.08 Motor Terminal Box a) Type b) Fault withstand 1.05.00 GROUNDING 1.05.01 No. of grounding pads provided* a) On motor body b) On terminal box 1.06.00 MISCELLANEOUS 1.06.01 Type of mounting 1.06.02 Overall dimension (L x B x H) (mm x mm x mm 1.06.03 Moment of Inertia (GD Sq.) a) Stator (kg.sq.m) b) Rotor (kg.sq.m) c) Total (kg.sq.m) 1.07.00 WEIGHT a) Stator (kg) b) Rotor (kg) c) Total (kg) 2.00 2.01.00 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY 134 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2.01.01 Make* 2.01.02 Type* 2.01.03 Reference Standard* 2.01.04 Voltage (Nom./Max.)* 2.01.05 Phase, Frequency* 2.01.06 Short Circuit Rating* a) Interrupting Symmetrical (kA) b) Short time for 1 sec. (kA rms) 2.01.07 a) 2.01.08 a) 2.01.09 Insulation Level* 1-min., 50 Hz Voltage withstand (kV rms) Construction* Sheet steel enclosed, wall mounting Yes/No Enclosure* a) b) Degree of Protection Minimum thickness of sheet metal (mm) 2.01.010 Overall Dimensions (L mm x D mm x H mm) 2.01.011 Paint Shade 2.02.00 SWITCHES 2.02.01 Make* 2.02.02 Type* 2.02.03 Reference Standard* 2.02.04 Switch furnished with a) Operating handle 135 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) Door interlock c) Provision for padlocking in ON & OFF Positions 2.02.05 All feeders provided with bolted Disconnect link? 2.02.06 Current Ratings at 50 °C 2.03.00 FUSE 2.03.01 Make* 2.03.02 Type* 2.03.03 Reference Standard* 2.03.04 Rupturing capacity* in KA rms (sym) 2.03.05 Continuous current at 50 °C Ambient & within cubicle 2.04.00 CONTACTORS 2.04.01 Make* 2.04.02 Type* 2.04.03 Reference standard* 2.04.04 Duty class* 2.04.05 Utilization category* 2.04.06 Operating Coil Voltage 2.04.07 Operating Coil VA a) Rated* b) Pick-up c) Drop-out 2.04.08 Continuous Current rating & 50 °C & within cubicle (A) 2.04.09 Power Consumption 136 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) During closing (VA) b) After closing (VA) 2.04.010 Auxiliary Contacts Furnished per Contactor a) Normally open (NO) b) Normally closed (NC) 2.04.011 Thermal Overload Relay & Single Phase Preventor a) Temperature compensted* b) Hand Reset?* c) No. & type of contacts 2.05.00 PUSHBUTTON & LAMPS 2.05.01 Push Button 2.05.02 2.05.03 a) Make* b) Type* c) Cat. No.* Lamps a) Make* b) Type* c) Cat. No.* d) Watts/Voltage* e) Lamp & lens replaceable from front ? METER a) b) c) d) e) Make* Type* Reference standard* Size* Scale* 137 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm f) 2.05.04 2.05.05 Accuracy class* CURRENT TRANSFORMER i. Make* ii. Type* iii. Reference Standard* iv. C. T. Ratings a) Current ratio b) Rated burden* c) Accuracy class* SECONDARY WIRING i. Type of Insulation ii. Voltage Grade iii. Conductor material iv. Conductor size (minimum) v. 2.05.06 a) Potential Circuit (sq.mm) b) Current & control Circuit (sq.mm) Wires identified at both ends with ferrules TERMINAL BLOCK a) b) c) d) e) Make* Type* Cat. No. Voltage Grade 20% spare terminals furnished ? 2.05.07 CABLE TERMINATION 2.05.08 Cable entry provision from top & bottom 2.05.09 Power Cable Lugs* 138 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Type b) Material 2.05.010 Power Cable Glands* a) Make b) Type c) Materials d) With tapered washers 2.05.011 Removable Gland Plate a) Material for multicore cable b) Material of I/C cable c) Thickness of the plate 2.05.012 GROUND BUS* a) Ground bus furnished ? b) Material c) Size 2.05.013 PAINTING* Finish of Panel a) Inside b) Outside 2.05.014 POWER & CONTROL CABLES i. Make* ii. Type* iii. Applicable Standard* 139 L. V. Control Special Cable Cable Cable Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm iv. Voltage Grade* v. Suitable for System with - vi. a) Service Voltage b) Neutral Time Maximum Conductor Temp.* a) Continuous (°C) b) Short Time (°C) vii. Conductor a) Material* b) Size (sq.mm) c) No. & Diameter of wire in Each conductor viii. Insulation* a) Material b) Type c) Thickness (mm) ix. Inner Sheath a) Material* b) Type* c) Thickness* (mm) d) Extruded ?* (Yes/No) e) Approx. Outside dia over Sheath (mm) x. Armouring a) Material* b) Size* (No. x dia) c) D.C. Resistance at 20 °C (Ohm/Km) xi. Overall Sheath a) Material* b) Type* c) Thickness* Note: Similar information for any special cable shall also be furnished. Add separate sheets. 140 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DATA SHEETS TO BE FILLED IN BY BIDDER CONTENTS DESCRIPTION SL. NO. 1. TECHNICAL INFORMATION 2. MULTI CRITERIA TYPE DETECTOR 3. MANUAL CALL POINT 4. CONTROL MODULE MONITOR MODULE 5. 6. HOOTER AND STROBE LIGHT 7. FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE 8. MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 9. FIRE DETECTION LOOP CABLE 10. LIST OF DRAWINGS 141 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Does equipment conform to the standards and codes as listed Are all equipment model numbers given? Does equipment enclosure conform to Protection class as specified? Have power requirement for entire system been specified Whether catalogues with specification, dimension and pictorial view submitted Are all the auxiliary equipment details, specification books furnished Bar charts submitted Whether equipment supplied are rated for environmental working conditions specified: Whether Guarantee and Warranty have been offered: 142 : YES NO : YES NO : YES NO : YES NO : YES NO : : YES YES NO NO : YES NO YES NO Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm MULTI CRITERIA TYPE DETECTOR 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Type of Detector 4 Model 5. Is the detector provided with Dual LEDs, dual colour (green and red YES NO indications)? 6. Addressable Capability 7. Sensor Coverage 8. Sensitivity Range 9. Nominal Sensitivity 10 Allowable air velocity in m/Sec. 11. Operating Temperature 12. Operating RH 13. Operating Voltage 14. Operating voltage and power consumption 15. Normal Operating Current/Alarm Current 16. Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode 17. During Communication 18. Remote / Local Test capability 19. No. of chambers 143 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 20. Sensitivity in mg / meter cube 21. Rating of output contact 22. Response time a Response time and range of adjustment 23. Max No. of detectors which can be connected in loop 24. Max. Circuit length without influencing No. of detectors 25. Color 27. Weight 28. Standards 29. Other Std. Approvals 30. 31. 32. Life of detector( to be justified by letter / certificate from authority having jurisdiction Catalog Catalogues Enclosed Copy of Approval letter from Authority enclosed 144 YES Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm MANUAL CALL POINTS 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Model 4 Dimensions 5 Mounting 6 Shipping Weight 7 Operation 8 Voltage rating 9 Current rating AC DC 10 No. of contacts AC DC 11 Type of mounting for complete unit AC DC 12 Enclosure Protection class 13. Weight of each unit with accessories 14. Whether dust sealing gland provided 15. Authority approved by 16. Catalogues enclosed 17. Finish 18. Approval YES 145 NO Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm CONTROL MODULE 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Type 4 Model 5 Wiring Supervision 6 Output 7 Operating Voltage 8 Operating Current 9 Color 10 Temp 11 Humidity 12 LED Operation 13 Installation 14 Other Std. Approvals 15 Approvals 146 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm MONITOR MODULE 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Type 4 Model 5 Wiring Supervision 6 Input 7 Operating Voltage 8 Current Consumption 9 Operation 10 Max. Allowable wire resistance 11 Max. Allowable wire capacitance 12 Temp 13 Humidity 14 LED Operation 15 Installation 16 Color 17 Other Std. Approvals 18 Approvals 147 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm HOOTER AND STROBE LIGHT 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Type of operation 4 Model 5 Speaker Dimensions 6 Color 7 Voltage required 8 Power rating 9 Connections 10 Indoor Operating Environment 11 Shipping Weight 12 Mounting 13 Voice Coil Impedance 14 Agency Listings 148 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE 1 Manufacturer 2 Country of Origin 3 Type 4 Model 5 Operating voltage 6 Current Consumption 7 Max. ckt resistance between isolators 8 Temp 9 Humidity 10 LED Operation 11 Installation (mm) 12 Color 13 Other Std. Approvals 149 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 1 2 3 4 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. Manufacturer Country of Origin Model Type Approximate dimension Construction features of panel Enclosure protection class Panel door provided with lock key Type of annunciation provided Power supply a) Rated DC voltage b) Make & Type of Battery Rating of battery bank Time for which battery will supply power to system Whether Battery low alarm provided Power Consumption of the Panel Under Normal Condition Computer Compatibility Redundancy LOCKABLE PRINTER PROGRAMMING KEYBOARD Type of Display Addressable Capability Intelligence Capability Fault Isolation Capability Alarm Verification Capability Sensor Self-Test Capability Fault Tolerant wiring capability Power supply Number of Devices/Detectors / Loop Loop Length Power consumption on a fully loaded system Self Diagnostics Indications Detector Disable facility Operator controls Enclosure Color of Enclosure Door Listing 150 YES NO YES YES NO NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE DETECTION LOOP CABLE 1 Make 2 Size / No. of cores 3 Conductor 4 Core Insulation 5 Laying 6 Inner Sheath 7 Armouring 8 Voltage rating 9 Min. no. Of twists per meter 10 Capacitance between cores 11 Maximum resistance per conductor 12 Outer Sheath 13 Standard for construction 14 Fire resistance Testing Standards 15 Period of burning after removal of flame 16 Total length of cable decomposed on removal of flame 17 Temp. Index 18 Oxygen Index 19 Acid Gas generation 20 Smoke density rating 21 Anti Rodent Test 151 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART-1 SECTION 4 SCHEDULES A TO F 152 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION 4 PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES (Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intendingTenderer) SCHEDULE ‘A’ Schedule of quantities ( As per Bill of Quantities attached) (BOQ to be attached with Financial Bid) SCHEDULE ‘B’ – - Not Applicable - Schedule of materials to be issued to the contractor. (Refer Clause 10 of Clauses of Contract) S.No Description of items 1 2 SCHEDULE ‘C’ – Quantity Rates in Figures & words at which the material will be charged to the contractor 3 4 Place of Issue 5 - Not Applicable - Tools and plants to be hired to the contractor. (Refer clause 34 of Clauses of Contract). S.No 1 Description 2 SCHEDULE ‘D’ Hire charges per day 3 Place of Issue 4 - Not Applicable - Extra schedule for specific requirements/documents for the work, if any. SCHEDULE ‘E’ – - Not Applicable - Schedule of components of Cement, Steel, other materials, POL, Labour etc .for price escalation. (Refer Clause 10CC of Clauses of Contract). (To be worked out and filled by NIT approving authority. The Components and their percentages may be modified depending on the nature of work) CLAUSE 10 CC - Not Applicable - Component of Cement (Xc) expressed as percent of total value of work _______% Component of steel (X5) 153 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm expressed as percent of total value of work ______% Component of other materials (XM) (except cement & steel) expressed as per cent of total value of work ______% Component of labour (Y) expressed as percent of total value of work _______% Component of P.O.L (Z) expressed as percent of total value of work _______% ______________ Total 100 %_ SCHEDULE ‘F’ Reference to General Conditions of Contract Name of Work: Design, manufacturing, delivery to site, storage at site, erection, testing and commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B. Estimated cost of work Rs. 85,18,050/Earnest money: Rs. 85,181/- Performance Guarantee (Ref. Clause 1) 5% of Tendered value. Security Deposit: (Refer clause 1A) 5% of Tendered value Notice Inviting Tender and Instruction to Tenderers Officer inviting tender : General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd RPO, 56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-12 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Definitions 2 (iv) Employer Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. (A SAIL-RITES JV Co.) 2(v) General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd Engineer-in-Charge or His Authorised Representative (Authority competent to execute Contract Agreement as per Item 7.2 of SOP) 2(vii) Accepting Authority General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on behalf of SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV) (Authority competent to accept Tenders as per Item 3.1/3.2/ 3.3 of SOP as applicable) 154 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2(ix) 2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and labour to cover all overheads and profits. 15% Standard Schedule of Rates Market Rate Analysis. 2(xiii) Date of commencement of work 15 days from the date of issue of LOA or the first date of handing over of site whichever is later 9 (a) (ii) General Conditions of Contract RITES General Conditions of Contract for works July, 2011 Edition as modified & corrected upto C.S.No. 1 dated 28.11.2011 CLAUSES OF CONTRACT Clause 1 1 (i) Time allowed for submission of P.G. from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance 21 days. Maximum allowable extension beyond the period provided in (i) above 10 days. Clause 2 Authority for fixing compensation under Clause 2 General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on behalf of SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV) (Authority competent to accept Tender) Clause 2A Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable NO Clause 5 5.1 (a) Time allowed for execution of work 6 months from the date of start Date of start 15 days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance or the first date of handing over of site whichever is later 155 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.1 (b) TABLE OF MILESTONE(S): NOT APPLICABLE S.No Description of Milestone Time allowed in days (Physical) (from date of start) 1 2 3 4 Clause 5A Shifting of stipulated date of completion Amount to be withheld in case of non achievement of milestone Competent Authority Clause 6 A Accepting Authority as Specified in Clause 2(vii) of Conditions of Contract above. Whether Clause 6 or 6A applicable 6*/6A* (* Strike out whichever is not applicable) Clause 7 Gross work to be done together with net payment/adjustment of advances for material collected, if any, since the last such payment for being eligible to interim payment 10 lakh Clause 10A i) Whether Material Testing Laboratory is to be provided at site. ii) If “YES” list of equipments to be provided YES/NO Refer Annexure ------- (to be attached) Clause 10 B Whether Clause 10 B(ii) to (v) applicable YES / NO Clause 10 CC Whether Clause 10CC applicable YES / NO Clause 11 Specifications to be followed for execution of work For CPWD DSR Items:CIVIL WORKS CPWD Specifications 2009 Vol. I & II . ELECTRICAL WORKS CPWD General Specifications Part I Internal 2005 Part II External 1994 156 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Part III Part IV Part V Part VI Part VII Lifts & Escalators 2003 Substations 2007 Wet Riser Sprinkler System 2006 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Works 2005 DG Sets 2006 For Non DSR Items and items of Specialised nature in Railway Works etc. Technical Specifications under Section No. 5. Clause 12 Clause 12.2 12.3 & 12.5 12.5 Deviation Limit beyond which Clauses 12.2,12.3 & 12.5shall apply Definition of Foundation item if other than that described in Clause 12.5 Clause 16 Clause 18 i) For Non-foundation items. Plus 25% Minus No limit ii) For Foundation Items Plus 100% Minus No limit Note: For Earthwork, individual classification quantity can vary to any extent but overall Deviation Limits will be as above. As stated in Clause 12.5 (If not applicable write accordingly) Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on behalf of SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV) (Authority Competent to accept Tender) List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the Contractor at site:- 1._5 T Chain block- 2 nos. 2. 10 T Chain block-2 nos. 3. Lifting & pulling device -2 nos. 4._Rig- 2 Sets 5. - 6 Clause 25 25 (i) Appellate Authority Appointing Authority - - - ED (RI)/RITES/Gurgaon (The Authority immediately above Engineer-in-charge to whom the Engineer-in-charge report) ED (RI)/RITES/Gurgaon (The Authority competent to appoint Arbitrator as per Item 9.2 of SOP) Clause 36 (i) & (iii) 157 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Minimum Qualifications & Experience required and Discipline to which should belong Designation Minimum Qualification Principal Technical Graduate Engineer Representative Deputy Technical Diploma Engineer Representative Engineers Diploma Engineer Minimum working experience 5 Discipline to which should Number belong Mech./Civil 1 3 Mech./Civil 1 2 Civil 1 36 (iv) Recovery for non-deployment of Principal Technical Representative and Deputy Technical Representative Designation Principal Technical Representative Deputy Technical Representative Engineer (Degree Holder) Engineer (Diploma Holder Rate of Recovery per month (in Rs.) for nondeployment Rs. 500/Rs. 300/Rs. 200/- Clause 42 i)(a) ii) a) b) c) d) Schedule/statement for determining theoretical quantity of cement & bitumen on the basis of Delhi Schedule of Rates printed by CPWD Variations permissible on theoretical quantities Cement - for works with estimated cost put to tender not more than Rs.5 lakhs - for works with estimated cost put to tender more than Rs.5 lakhs Bitumen for All Works Steel Reinforcement and structural steel sections for each diameter, section and category All other materials 158 DSR 2007 3% plus / minus 2% plus / minus 2.5% plus only & nil on minus side 2% plus / minus Nil Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE VARIATION: NOT APPLICABLE Sl. No. Description of Item 1 2 Cement Steel reinforcement Structural Sections Bitumen issued free Bitumen issued at stipulated fixed price 3 4 5 Rates in figures and words at which recovery shall be made from the Contractor Excess beyond permissible Less use beyond the variation permissible variation Clause 46 Clause 46.10 Details of temporary accommodation including number of rooms and their sizes as well as furniture to be made available by the Contractor Not Applicable (If not applicable indicate accordingly) Whether Clause 46.11.1A applicable YES /NO Whether Clause 46.13A applicable YES / NO Clause 46.17 City of Jurisdiction of Court Clause 47.2.1 Sum for which Third Party Insurance to be obtained. KOLKATA Rs. One Lakhs per occurrence with the number of occurrences limited to four. Clause 55 Whether clause 55 shall be applicable. YES/ NO If yes, time allowed for completion of sample floor/unit. Not Applicable months from Date of start of work 159 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Section - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 160 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED SYSTEM 1.1 HYDRANT SYSTEM 1.1.1 CODES AND STANDARD The design & installation of complete system shall comply with the latest applicable codes as mentioned below: - SL. NO CODES ISSUED BY 1. Recommendation of Fire Safety West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services 2. NBCC CODES NATIONAL BUILDING CODE (PART – IV ) 3. IS: 3844 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR INSTTALATION OF FIRE HYDRANT & HOSE REELSYSTEM. 4. FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL 5. NFPA CODES TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC). NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION ( USA ) 1.1.2 BASIS OF DESIGN Fire Hydrant System shall meet the following requirements: i) Risk: Factory Main and adjacent areas like Sub-station, Hard Stands, Parking area, Office building etc. ii) Design Standard: As per West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services recommendation & NBC. iii) Min. running pressure: 3.5 Kg. / cm2 required at remotest Hydrant / Landing Valve 1.1.3 DESCRIPTION OF HYDRANT SYSTEM 1.1.3.1 The fire protection system shall consist of pump sets along with necessary instruments, valves, and large network of pipes both underground and over ground which feed pressurized water, to a number of indoor and outdoor hydrant valves, Installation Control Valve and Hose reel. These hose reels, Installation Control Valve and hydrant valves shall be located at different locations throughout the Plant & associated Building complex. 1.1.3.2 The piping network shall be provided with a number of cut-off valves or isolation valves located inside valve pits so that water can be diverted from any damaged section to the point of use such that the availability of the water supply piping network is maintained at high level along with the best possible water pressure at the seat of fire. For meeting the water requirement for hydrant system there shall be one horizontal centrifugal pump. The pump is electrical motor driven only. In addition to the above there shall be one Diesel Engine driven 161 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm STAND-BY Fire pump. In case of failure to start the Electric Motor driven Fire Pump or owing to any other reason whatsoever when the Main fire pump does not come in operation the stand by Fire Pump will come in operation automatically through pressure switch and will feed the water in the system. In addition to the above two there shall be one electrical motor driven jockey pump to maintain constant pressure in the supply header. 1.1.3.3 The pumping arrangement as explained above shall serve for the Hydrant system only. Jockey pump shall serve system as explained in the enclosed Drawing. Starting of all the fire pumps shall be automatic but stopping of the pumps, other than the jockey pump, shall be manual. Manual starting/ stopping can be done only from Composite Control Panel located inside the Pump House. 1.1.3.4 Pipelines for hydrant system shall be charged with pressurized water up to the hydrant valves. Small system leakage shall be made up by makeup water supply from the jockey pump installed inside the Pump House. The jockey pump shall be stopped automatically on build-up pressure in the water header. 1.1.3.5 When any of the hydrant valves in the system is opened; water pressure in the water pipe line shall fall rapidly. In such circumstances, the water shall be supplied from the jockey pump to make up for this water loss. But being inadequate to meet the demand, water pressure in the water main shall decrease further and impulse from pressure switch shall start the fire pump through the panel to be located in the Fire Water Pump House. Setting of Pressure switches shall be adjustable so that any desirable sequence of starting may be achieved at site. 1.1.3.6 ALL FIRE PUMPS; JOCKEY PUMP ALONG WITH COMPOSITE CONTROL PANEL ETC. SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FIRE WATER PUMP HOUSE. 1.1.3.7 In case of fire outbreak, hose pipes fitted with branch pipe and nozzle are to be connected to the hydrant valves / landing valve and then hydrant valves/landing valves are to be opened, and the pressurised water jet is to be directed towards the seat of fire for extinguishments. 1.2 PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS Portable fire extinguishers will be provided at all working floors of all buildings / plants / substation, and it associated areas at strategic locations and as guided by IS: 2190 – Selection, Installation of First –Aid Fire Extinguishers – code of Practice / Rule No.4.0 of Fire Protection Manual issued by Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) to arrest small fire at their incipient stages. Based on the class of fire the following type of extinguishers are proposed to be installed at suitable locations in the respective area as per class of fire identified in IS: 2190. 162 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm  5Kg & 10 Kg Capacity DCP Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 2171 (Latest edition)  4.5Kg & 22.5 Kg Capacity CO2 Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 2878 (Latest edition)  9 Liter Capacity Water Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 940 (Latest edition)  9 Liter Capacity Mechanical Foam Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 10204 (Latest edition)  4.5 kg Capacity ABC Powder Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 13849 (Latest edition)  Fire Bucket conforming to IS: 2546 (Latest edition) 1.2.1 GENERAL a) The design, manufacture, material of construction and performance of all extinguishers will comply with the requirements of latest revisions of the relevant codes/standards and codes of practice as indicated in the relevant data sheets. b) Each extinguisher will be complete with handle, initial charge, fixing bracket, screws and other accessories. The front of the extinguishers will be permanently marked with the type, fire class for which it is suitable, its contents, usage and method of operation. c) The Extinguisher manufacturer will conduct all tests required to ensure that the equipment furnished would conform to specification requirements, relevant Indian Standards and applicable codes. The particulars of the test will be submitted to the Purchaser/Consultant for approval before conducting the tests. The manufacturer will inform the purchaser/consultant well ahead of major shop tests, so that if the purchaser/consultant so desires, his representative can witness the tests. d) The manufacturer will guarantee all equipment supplied by him against any defect due to faulty design, material and workmanship. The equipment shall be guaranteed to operate satisfactorily at the rated conditions. e) Necessary tools, spanners etc will be supplied for regular maintenance. f) Copies of ISI approval, manufacturer’s test certificate will be supplied along with extinguishers. For CO2 type extinguishers, certificate from chief Inspector of Explosive will be submitted. 163 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm g) Except trolley mounted extinguisher, all portable extinguishers will be mounted along the column / walls near entry / exit and at a height of 1200 mm from finished floor level. Necessary grouting / welding of supporting fixture to be done. h) In addition to mandatory markings as stipulated in relevant IS codes, each extinguishers will have following permanent punching at the bottom of ring.  Manufacturer’s Name.  Year of Manufacturing.  Manufacturer’s Serial number.  Purchase Order Number & Date.  Inspector’s stamp  The date of hydraulic test along with next date of hydraulic test where applicable.  Filling height to be marked on the extinguisher where applicable. i) Drawings of distribution of extinguishers with respect to their type, capacity & numbers in various premises to be submitted for approval along with QAP in TAC’s format. 1.00.00 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM The design & installation of complete system shall comply with the latest applicable codes as mentioned below: SL. NO CODES ISSUED BY 1. IS: 2189 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 2. UL UL 268 SMOKE DETECTORS FOR FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS. 3. NFPA 72 4. NFPA 72 F NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OF EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. 1.1.0 PROPOSED SYSTEM 1.1.1 The AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION, ALARM AND PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM has been designed to provide, an instantaneous visual and audible fire Signal in the event of Fire, to prevent loss of life, damages property etc. by early warning to occupants in the effected premises so as to extent necessary help to rescue trapped occupants and to obtain necessary help of the fire fighting and salvage Staff. 164 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm The fire condition in different areas shall be indicated on Main fire alarm panel located in the Fire Control Room. This panel will be connected to various intelligent type automatic detectors and intelligent type manual call points located at various vulnerable points of the complex by suitable cable to be run through cable facility. As soon as there is any fire at any part of the plant / building it will be automatically announced in the Fire Alarm Audibly and Visually pinpointing the location of fire so that people can take adequate measure to extinguish fire. Spacing of detector’s shall be strictly as per IS: 2189. The general principles shall be to provide good design and construction of Fire detection system. Firstly to detect quickly enough to fulfill its intended function, transmitting the detecting signal reliably, Translate this signal into a clear alarm indication (Audio & Visual) which will attract the attention of the user in an immediate and fail-proof way, & pinpointing location of fire and initiate operation of ancillary service like Fire Extinguishing System etc. 2 SYSTEM: Following areas to be covered by automatic Fire Alarm and Detection System. Location / Spacing of Detectors and type of Detectors for specific application to be provided strictly as per NFPA-72 / IS: 2189. The minimum quantity should be as per enclosed drawings. (a) ALL OFFICE FLOOR (b) MAIN FACTORY SHED. (c) FIRE PUMP HOUSE (d) HT RM. & LT. RM (e) SUB STATION The fire condition in different areas shall be indicated on Main fire alarm panel located in the Fire Control Room. This panel will be connected to various ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type automatic detectors and ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type manual call points (refer to SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE & various drawings enclosed) located at various vulnerable points of the Building and associated areas by suitable cable to be run through cable facility. Number of detectors and their location shall be so selected that complete zone of individual detectors shall overlap without leaving any blind zone. Shop / Floor wise drawings have been enclosed with bid so that bidder can estimate the quantity of equipment required for the System. It is the responsibility of bidder to develop detail drawings and get it approved by consultant/ purchaser and from Local Fire Service. 165 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm The automatic detectors shall be type suitable for detection of smoke caused due to slow fire or detection of heat caused due to rate of rise in temperature in the surrounding. The Fire alarm panel shall draw its power from an integral uninterrupted power supply arrangement comprising suitable battery capable of supplying maximum alarm and hooter load at an adequate voltage for at least 24 hours in normal condition and 30 Minutes in Trouble condition. These batteries together with automatic trickle charging and re-charging facility land suitable surge preventive device shall have to be provided. The system has been explained in various drawings enclosed with the specification. The entire Building and associated area has been covered by ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type detection system. As soon as there is any fire at any part of the building it will be automatically announced in the Fire Alarm Panel audibly and visually pinpointing the location of fire so that people can take adequate measure to extinguish fire. 3 FIRE ALARM PANEL: The Fire Alarm Panel shall work as the central controller of the entire system(s). The Fire Alarm Panel shall be compatible to receive and process analogue information from the detection devices, provide audible and visual indication of alarm and other conditions to the user, automatically initiate alarm response sequences and provide the user interface for interrogation and user programming of the system. The Fire Alarm Panel shall be compatible to updates to the panel operating software shall be simple to undertake and shall not require the use of replaceable components. The operating program and configuration memory shall be stored in non-volatile memory and shall not rely on batteries for retention. The Fire Alarm Panel shall incorporate separate microprocessors for signaling loop control and central operation. The Fire Alarm Panel shall be compatible to easily configure all basic operating characteristics and variables through the user interface on the FACP to satisfy the detection zone and output mapping of the premises. If called in Bill of Material, A PC Tool operating under the Windows ™ operating system shall also be available to fully program the panel. It shall be possible to utilize this PC Tool from a remote location, via modem, to interrogate the FACP for event history, fault diagnosis and maintenance history. ALL RELATED SOFTWARE FOR ENTIRE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE SUPPLIED SEPARATELY BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER. PRICE FOR THE SAME SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THEIR BID. NO EXTRA / SEPARATE PRICE FOR THOSE SOFTWARE’S WILL BE PROVIDED The panel shall communicate with the connected devices on the Signalling Line circuit for status monitoring. Fire Alarm Panel shall be suitable to receive signal from all types of intelligent / conventional type automatic and manual actuators. When signal is received a visual alarm consisting of red LED and intermittent buzzer comes on. This pin points the area of distress. The external hooters shall start sounding on receipt of fire signal from the respective area only. The panel shall have the following features. 166 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a. Main fire alarm panel at control room shall be floor / wall mounted type. b. Panel shall have a glass front door which can be locked internal operational controls are always visible but not accessible to unauthorised person. c. Repeat alarm annunciation and cancellation facility shall have to be provided through common accepted push button. d. Automatic charge over to secondary power source shall have to be provided in case of interruption in the incoming AC supply. e. An audiovisual alarm to be provided in the event of ‘Low Battery Voltage’. f. Both Detectors and Control panels are of ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type. Based on the type of fire risk, smoke (Optical), multi sensor (optical +heat), heat detectors etc are connected in panel. g. The protected area should be divided into zones in order that a clear indication can be given of that part of area from which the alarm has originated. Careful consideration is necessary in determining the arrangement of zones. The protected area should be divided into zones in order that a clear indication can be given of that part of area from which the alarm has originated. Careful consideration is necessary in determining the arrangement of zones. Accessibility, size the provisions for containment of smoke and fire and the fire routine determined for the premises have been taken into account. Zones should readily be accessible from the main circulation routes leading from the point where the control and indicating equipment is sited. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be of metal construction. It shall be capable of surface or semi-flush mounting. The panel shall meet IP30 minimum ingress protection classification. It shall not be possible to open the enclosure without a key or special tool. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be equipped with a graphics liquid crystal display as the primary indicator. The display shall incorporate an LED backlight that will illuminate upon any event or button press. It shall be possible to provide remote terminals to monitor (Remote Display Terminal) or monitor & control (Remote Control Terminal) operation of the Fire Alarm Panel. The remote terminals shall connect to the Fire Alarm Panel via a network communications card. The Remote Control Terminal shall provide the same display, indication and buttons as the Fire Alarm Panel. Remote Control shall provide the capability to silence alarms, resound alarms, evacuate and reset the system. In addition, it shall be possible to remotely enable or disable zones and points and remotely configure a zone walk test. The fire alarm system should have minimum following features in addition to other features explained in the technical specification: 167 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4 a) BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY. b) FLEXIBILITY. c) ADDRESSABILITY. d) WALK TEST. e) SENSIVITY ADJUSTMENT. f) PRE-ALARM SIGNAL. g) HISTORY-LOG: h) GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATION (if asked for) i) USER FRINDLY j) FIELD PROGRAMMABILITY k) FLEXIBILITY FOR EXTERNAL SYSTEM. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM The public address system specially designed typically used during fire situations, which the Life-Safety Code requires for certain types of installations. The public address system is usually part of high-end fire alarm systems, primarily in places of assembly. The system uses spoken messages to evacuate public facilities in an orderly fashion during emergencies. A typical alarm message would state, "Attention please: There has been a report of an emergency. Proceed calmly to the nearest exit, and leave the plant / building immediately. The public address system requirements include: a) Occupant notification shall be by means of voice announcements, either prerecorded, or initiated by the person in the constantly attended location. b) The announcement shall be made via an approved voice communications or public address system, provided with an emergency power source above the ambient noise level of the assembly occupancy. c) Measure or estimate the ambient noise level and determine speaker wattage and locations. Use manufacturer's tables and recommendations. d) Be sure speakers are in normally occupied areas to protect workers or personnel. It is basically consists of a required capacity (Bidder to decide) Amplifier Panel with separate Battery & Charger, Microphone etc. This panel is again connected to different Hooter / Speaker via interface Modules located throughout the plant. In case of fire, due to rise of temperature or smoke the detector(s) will be actuated for respective zone. Since the control modules meant for Hooter / Speaker are programmed, therefore hooters are starts sounding due to actuation of detectors. In case concern Fire Officer feels that some announcement is 168 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm require to announce for fire affected zone, the same shall be achieved from Microphone connected to Amplifier Panel by simply pressing respective zone switch. The hooter in that case shall change to speaker for voice announcement. If it is required to announce for all area / zone, there shall be an arrangement of ALL CALL announcement also. 5 COMPONENTS OF THE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM The components shall consist of: 1. Intelligent (addressable/analog) fire alarm control panel(s), CPU, VDU, Printer. 2. Equipment and circuits for the following: i. Evacuation notification devices ii. Fire alarm system monitored ,controlled and fault isolation equipment iii. Analogue Addressable Manual Call Station. iv. Analogue Addressable Multi-criteria Detectors. v. Analogue Addressable Optical smoke Detectors. vi. Analogue Addressable Rate of Rise cum fixed temperature Heat detectors vii. Response Indicator. viii. Sounders and Strobe Light ix. Analogue Addressable Interface unit x. Analogue Addressable Interface Control unit xi. Analogue Addressable Fault Isolator Module, xii. LCD Alphanumeric Display Annunciator xiii. P. A. Equipment and circuits xiv. Cable and raceways for interconnecting the above 169 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 1.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF PUMP 1.1 GENERAL a) The pump shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for continuous operation at its best efficiency point. 170 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) Pump shall have a continuously rising head characteristic from its operating point towards shut-off without any zone of instability. c) The pumping set(s) shall be directed-coupled and securely mounted on a robust base plate, shall free from vibration at all variations of load. d) Pumps shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150% of rated capacity at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut – off head shall not exceed 120% of rated head in the case of horizontal pumps. e) Pumps shall comply with the regulations of Tariff Advisory committee (TAC). In case of difference between any sections of this specification and Technical Data specification Sheet, the requirement as given in Technical Data specification sheet – shall govern. 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENT a) The pump shall be A.C. Electric Motor driven / Engine driven as called for in Technical Data specification sheet. b) The equipment shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for continuous operation. c) The total head capacity curve shall be continuously rising towards the shut-off. The maximum head shall be equal to the shut off head. d) Pumps of a particular category shall be identical. Identical pumps shall be suitable for parallel operation with equal load division, if specified in Technical Data specification sheet, components of identical pumps shall be interchangeable. e) Impellers shall preferably be of non – overloading type. f) Pumps shall run smooth without undue noise and vibration. The magnitude of peak-to-peak vibration at shop shall be limited to 75 microns at the bearing housings. After installation at site the magnitude of vibration shall be limited to 50 microns. 1.3 FEATURES OF CONSTRUCTIONS Pumps shall be of horizontal centrifugal type with required number of stages suitable for the services conditions. 1.3.1 CASING Pump casing may be axially or radically split as specified in Data Sheet. The casing shall be of robust construction. Liquid passages in the casing shall be finished smooth. Casing drain and vent connection shall be provided. Casing shall withstand without expansion joint the usual moments and thrusts. 1.3.2 IMPELLER a. The impeller shall be dynamically balanced so as not to cause any vibration during operation. Signature of the tenderer 171 Under the seal of the firm b. Impellers shall be made in one piece and securely keyed to the shaft. Means shall be provided to prevent loosening during operation including rotation in reverse direction. c. Impeller fastening nuts (if provided) shall be of cap type and shall tighten in the direction of normal rotation. 1.3.3 WEARING RINGS Wearing rings shall be of renewable type, these shall be held in place by screwing against rotation, press fit and locked with pins. Opposed wear surfaces of harden able material shall have a hardness difference of at least 50 BHN. 1.3.4 SHAFT The shaft shall be finished to close tolerance at the impeller, coupling pulley and bearing diameters. The impeller, pulley and shaft sleeves shall be firmly secured to the shaft by key and / or nuts. The size of the shaft shall be calculated on the basic of maximum combined shear stress. The shear stress shall not exceed 30 percent of the elastic limit I tension or 18 percent of ultimate tensile strength whichever is lower. 1.3.5 SHAFT SLEEVES Replaceable shaft sleeves shall be provided to protect the shaft where it passes through stuffing boxes unless the pump is equipped with mechanical seals, in which case sleeves are preferred but not essential. The end of the shaft sleeve assembly shall extend through the packing gland. Shaft sleeves shall be securely locked or keyed to the shaft to prevent loosening or rotating. 1.3.6 BEARINGS The bearings may be ball, roller or sleeve type. Provision shall be made to take axial and radial loads, Bearings shall be water-cooled, if the temperature of the liquid to be pumped exceeds 176.5 Degree C. (350 degree F) oil level indicators shall be provided in oil baths. Grease lubricated ball bearings are acceptable, if the pump is specifically designed for grease lubrication and if operating conditions meet the following three requirements: a) Shaft speed does not exceed the speed limit recommended by the bearing manufacturers. b) Fluid temperature is not more than 65.50 C (135 F) c) Suction pressure is below 7 Kg / cm2 and with no other source of high thrust load. d) Wherever thrust bearings are fitted, suitable arrangement for adjusting clearances shall be provided. e) Each bearing housing shall have a drain plug. 172 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.3.7 STUFFING BOXES Stuffing boxes shall be of such design that they can be repacked without removing any part other than the gland and lantern ring. Packed stuffing boxed with lantern ring shall be provided with inlet and outlet piping connections to the lantern ring so as to cool them with water for services where the pumping temperature exceeds 420 degree C (248 Degree F). Stuffing boxes shall be so designed that standard packing ca be removed and replaced be mechanical seals, or vice-versa, when desired. In case where lantern ring is use, it shall be sandwiched between rows of pickings, and shall be easily removable. Lantern rings shall be axially split type. 1.3.8 COUPLING Pumps shall be furnished complete with an approved type of flexible coupling. Spacer type couplings shall be provided when required to permit dissembling the pump without removing the pipe connections or to permit removal of mechanical seal without disturbing pump and driver. Coupling halves shall be bored and keyed to fit shafts of the pump and the motor by the vendor. Both halves of the coupling shall be match marked. Coupling guards, made of expanded metal and bolted to the base plate shall be furnished for all coupled pumps. 1.3.9 BASE PLATE The common base plate for pump and motor shall be in one piece. Suitable holes shall be provided for grouting and they shall be so located that the base can be grouted in place without disturbing the pump and motor. All pumps and motors shall be properly aligned, bolted and dowelled to the base plates by the vendor. Adequate space shall be provided between pump drain connections and base plate for installation of minimum 15 mm drain piping. Pumps shall supply with suitable drain pans or drain rim type base plates with tapped drain connections. 1.3.10 ACCESSORIES. a) All accessories required for proper and safe operation shall be furnished with the pumps. b) Each stage of the pump, unless self-venting, shall be provided with a suitable vent connection, complete with valves. c) Darin connection shall be provided at low points. All incidental piping (including valves) required for sealing, lubrication and cooling for stuffing box packing and or bearing of pumps shall be furnished by the supplier. 173 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.3.11 TESTS & INSPECTION A) Performance Tests Pumps shall be tested in the MANUFACTURER’S works. Pumps shall be given running test over the entire operating range covering from the shutoff head to the run-out flow. The duration of test shall minimum of five readings approximately equidistant shall be taken for plotting the curves B) NPSH TESTS NPSH tests shall be conducted with water as the medium, C) MECHANICAL BALANCING I. Static balancing Major rotating components of the pumps like impellers, etc. shall be individually statically balanced. II. Dynamic Balancing In addition to static balancing, pumps shall be balance dynamically also in the following cases: a) For speeds in excess of 1500 RPM, if rated capacity is more than 60 M3/hr and impeller diameter is more than 150mm. b) All pumps for speeds more than 3000 RPM. c) For the pumps other than those listed above, dynamic balancing shall be offered, D) VISUAL INSPECTION Pumps shall be offered for visual inspection by the vendor before shipment. The components of the pumps shall not be painted before inspection. E) FIELD TESTING After installation, the pumps offered will be subjected to testing at field also. If the field performance is found not to meet the requirements, then the equipment shall be rectified or replaced by the vendor, at no extra cost to the purchaser. F) MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATE Material of the various pump components shall be tested in accordance with the relevant standards, Test certificates for these shall be furnished for the purchaser’s approval. G) WELDMENTS I. All welding shall be done in accordance with ASME section VIII/IS: 2825/IBR. All welding procedures shall be submitted for the purchaser’s approval prior to welding. II. The vendor for the purchaser’s approval shall furnish necessary test certificated for the various tests. 174 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm III. Performance curves capacity vs total head, efficiency, NPSH and KW requirement ranging from run-out flow to shut off hand. Typical cross sectional drawing showing constructional details and indicating materials of construction of various components. H) NAME PLATE Each pump shall be provided with a name plate indicating the following details a. Design capacity b. Total head. c. Speed. d. Motor rating. e. Model. f. Manufacturer’s serial number. g. Weight of equipment. h. Tag number. 1.4 DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT a) Final overall dimensional drawings for the pump set. These shall show all the major parameters of the pump set. b) Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other relevant data required for the design of civil structure. c) Cross sectional drawings for pump with the complete bill of material and relevant standards. Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated. 2.0 d) Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details. e) Motor drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc. f) Performance curves. g) Test certificates for materials. h) Operation and maintenance manual. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MOTOR 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS The design, materials, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and performance of induction motors shall comply with all currently applicable standard, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment 175 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm will be installed. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable standard. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the vendor of responsibility. Motor shall conform to the latest applicable standard specified. In case of conflict between the standards and the specification, this specification shall govern. 2.2 PERFORMANCE AND CHARACTERISTICS A) Motors shall be capable of giving rated output without reduction in the expected life span when operated continuously under either of the following supply conditions as specified. 1) Variation of supply voltage from rated motor voltage 10% 2) Variation in supply frequency from rated frequency 5% 3) Combined voltage and frequency variation 10% B) Motor shall be suitable for starting as specified in the drawing. C) Motor shall be cable of starting and accelerating the load with the applicable method of starting, when the supply voltage is in the range 85% of the rated motor voltage to maximum permissible voltage specified in the data sheet. D) The locked motor current shall not exceed 600% of full load current (subject to tolerance as per the applicable standard) of rating. E) Motor shall be designed to withstand 120% of rated speed for two minutes without any mechanical damage, in either direction of rotation. F) The motor vibration shall be within the limits specified in applicable standard unless otherwise specified for the driven equipment. G) Except as mentioned herein, the generated performance as of the motor shall be made with tolerance specified in applicable standard. H) Motors to be supplied in one frame higher size than the standard IEC frame to take care of higher Thermal Withstand Time because of Fire Pump duty. 2.3 INSULATION a) Any joints in the motor insulation such as at coil connections or between slot end winding sections, shall have strength equivalent to that of the slot sections of the coil. b) The insulation shall be given tropical and fungicidal treatment for successful operation of the motor in hot, humid and tropical climate. The tropical treatment shall be as per the applicable standard. 2.4 TEMPERATURE RISE 176 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) The temperature rise shall not exceed the values given in Table below: Temperature Measurement by Insulation class Max. Temperature rise for all types of enclosures Thermometer Method B 70 o c Winding Resistance Method E 75 o c B 80 o c F 100 o c H 125 o c These temperature rises are acceptable for an ambient temperature of 40 oC. The temperature rises for other ambient conditions shall be as specified in data sheet 2.5 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES a) The motor construction shall be suitable for easy disassembly and assembly. The enclosure shall be sturdy and shall permit easy removal of any part of the motor for the inspection and repairs. b) Motors weighing more than 25kg. shall be provided with eyebolts, other means to facilitate lifting/handling. c) Except, as noted, horizontal motor shall be foot mounted type and vertical motors shall be flange-mounted type. When the motor is supplied with driven equipment including a common base (bed plate, channels etc.) the vendor shall ensure that such bedplate is adequately braced to keep vibration and misalignment within satisfactory limits 2.6 BEARINGS a) Greased ball bearings or greased roller bearings shall be of reputed make subject to the PURCHASER Approval. The life expectancy of the bearings shall be stated. b) The bearings shall be so constructed that the loose of lubricating fluid is kept to a minimum and greasing shall be possible without any dismantling operation. c) The bearing shall prevent dirt and water from getting into the motor. Bearing lubricant shall not find access to motor windings. d) The bearings shall permit running of the motor in either direction of rotation. e) If the bearings are oil lubricated, a drain plug shall be provided for draining residual oil and oil level sight gauge shall be provided to show precise oil level sight for standstill and running conditions. 177 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm f) Unless otherwise approved, bearing lubricating system shall be such that no external forced oil or water is necessary to maintain the required oil supply or keep bearing temperature within design limits. g) Lubricants shall be so selected for prolonged storage and normal use of the motors in tropical climate and shall contain corrosion and oxidation inhibitors. Grease shall have suitable bleeding characteristics to minimize setting. h) Sleeve bearings for use with motors having flexible couplings with limited end play, shall have adequate axial end play to permit assembly so as to prevent transmitting of thrust from driven equipment to motor bearings. 2.7 TERMINAL BOX a) Terminal boxes shall be of weatherproof construction designed for outdoor service, to eliminate entry of dust and water, Gaskets of neoprene or approved equivalent shall be provided at cover joints and between box and motor frame. b) The terminal box shall be suitable for top and bottom entry of cables. c) Unless otherwise approved, the terminal box shall be capable of being turned through 360 degree in steps of 90 degree. d) The terminal shall be of the stud type with necessary plain washers, spring washers and check-nuts. They shall be substantially designed for the current carrying capacity and shall ensure ample phase to phase and phase to ground clearances. e) The motor vendor to match purchaser’s cables shall supply suitable cable glands and cable lugs. f) Two independent earthing points shall be provided on opposite sides for the motor, for bolted connection of the purchaser’s earthing conductors, as specified in the Data Sheet. These earthing points shall be in addition to earthing stud provided in the terminal box. g) Except when otherwise specified, the motors shall be provided with a bare shaft extension having a key slot and key at the driving end. 2.8 PAINT AND FINISH a) Motor external parts shall be finished and painted to produce a neat and durable surface, which would prevent rusting, and corrosion. The equipment shall be thoroughly degrease, all rusty, sharp edges and scale removed and treated with one coat of primer and finished with two coats of Grey enamel paint. b) The motor fan shall also be painted to withstand corrosion. 2.9 WINDING: 178 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) All six leads of the stator winding shall be brought out to the terminal box. Winding shall be adequately braced and overhang portion shall be suitably strengthened. End connections between winding leads and motor terminal studs shall be done through brazed or crimping type lugs. b) Rotor: The rotor shall be dynamically balanced and shall rotate perfectly with no preferential stop points. 2.10 TESTS a) Motor shall be subjected to all the routine tests as per applicable standard in the presence of the purchaser’s representative. Copies of test certificate of type and routine tests, as specified in the specification shall be furnished for the purchaser’s approval. 2.11 DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT a) Final overall dimensional drawings for the Motor. These shall show all the major parameters of the Motor. b) Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other relevant data required for the design of civil structure. c) Cross sectional drawings for pump with Motor, the complete bill of material and relevant standards. Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated. d) Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details. e) Motor drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc. f) Performance curves. g) Test certificates for materials. h) Operation and maintenance manual. 3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DIESEL ENGINE 3.1 INTENT OF SPECIFICATION This specification covers the design, performance, manufacturing, construction features and testing of compression ignition diesel engine, to drive centrifugal pumps, used for the purpose of fire fighting. 3.2 CODES AND STANDARDS The design, manufacture, shop testing, erection, testing and commissioning of compression ignition diesel engines shall conform to the latest revision of followings standards and codes, in addition to other relevant standards and manufacturer’s own standard. Nothing in this specifications shall be construed to relives the bidder’s responsibility.  BS-649: performance of reciprocating compression-ignition diesel engines for general purposes. 179 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm  IS: 10000 (Pt 1 to 12): code for type testing of constant speed IC engines for general purposes.  ASME. PTC-17: performance test code for reciprocating IC engines.  FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL: Issued by tariff advisory committee. 3.3 DESIGN AND COSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT. 3.3.1 General a) The diesel engine shall be of: I. Multi cylinder type. II. Direct injection. III. Four stroke cycle. IV. Water Cooled. V. Cold starting type. Considering all auxiliary power consumption, the continuous engine b. h. p. rating shall be at latest 20% greater than the requirements at the/duty point of pump at rated r. p. m. at the 150% site conditions, in any case, shall not be less than the maximum power requirement at any condition of operation of pump. b) De-rating factors, considered by the manufacturer to arrive at the shaft power of the diesel engine at site, shall not be less than the i) 3% for each 305-meter elevation above MSL. c) 1% for each 5.6 0 C rise in air temperature above 15. 60 C d) Since the fire-pumping unit is not required to run continuously for long period and operation will not be very frequent, special features shall be built into the engine to allow it to start instantaneously against full load, even if it has remained idle for long period. e) The engine shall have an integral positive displacement pump to provide normal pressure lubrication to the engine bearing; cylinders; big and bearings; valves gear etc. the pump shall be driven by main engine camshaft. Additional splash lubrication shall be provided to protect the cylinder walls when engine wall start after an ideal period. f) The engine shall be design considering case of maintenance, repair, cleaning and inspection. g) Every part should be subjected to substantial temperature changes and shall be designed and supported to permit free expansion and contraction without resulting in leakage, harmful distortion or miss-alignment. h) The engine shall be designed for continuous operation at full load for a period of at least eight (8) hours. i) The cooling water system for the diesel engine shall be once through type and radiator shall not be used. The cooling water shall be taken from the pump delivery and after circulation thorough the cooling jackets; it 180 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm shall be discharged above the engine level into an open drain tunic. The rate of flow shall be regulated through an adequately sized orifice. 3.3.2 START-UP. a) The engine shall be able to start quickly from cold condition. The starting system shall include a DC motor having high starting torque to overcome full engine compression. The engine shall be provided with two (2) sets of 24 volts heavy duty, stationery type lead acid batteries encased in a hard rubber container. The batteries shall have ample capacity to start the engine several times in succession. One (1) set of battery shall be used for automatic starting of the engine and the other shall be used for manual starting. The Battery charger should be with provision of battery voltage monitoring at appropriate location as suggested by Consultant. b) The diesel engine driven pumping set shall be started automatically by a switch mounted on the end cover of the starting motor, which shall be coupled to the engine pump shaft. The starting motor shall be left burning the engine for an indefinite period without any danger of damage from over heating. The weighted switch area shall be normally held in a raised position by a spring catch. In the event of fire, owing to the fall of pressure in the main header up to a pre-determined value, the spring catch shall be released against a diaphragm connected to it. When the switch arm falls, the switch shall close and the starting motor shall cause the diesel engine to start. The engine shall run up to full speed automatically and the switch shall remain closed during the operation of the set as the motor shall be so designed that when the diesel engine reaches full speed, it takes no current from the battery but actually recharged it at a low rate. c) The engine shall be capable of both automatic and manual start. The normal mode of starting is automatic but in the event of failure of automatic start the engine can be started remote-manually. d) The battery capacity shall be adequate for ten (10) consecutive starts without recharging with a cold engine under full compression 3.3.3 Engine stop mechanism. The engine stop mechanism shall be manually operated and return automatically to the starting position after use 3.3.4 Governing. a) The engine shall be fitted with a speed control device, which will control the speed under all condition of load. b) There should be an over speed alarm mechanism which will give an alarm at a certain speed above the rated speed. c) The governor shall be suitable for operation without external power supply. 181 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3.3.5 Fuel system. a) The engine will run or light diesel oil. b) The feed shall be fed by gravity from an adequately sized storage tank mounted separately close to the pumping unit. The fuel storage tank shall be lead coated steel having sufficient capacity to run the engine at full load from a minimum period of eight (8) hours. As per the statutory regulations, any valve in that pipe between the tank and the engine shall be such that it can be locked in the open position. The tank shall be fitted with all required accessories including magnetic level indicator etc. a sludge and sediment trap shall also be provided. c) The fuel tank shall be constructed of welded steel. The tank shall be above the inlet of fuel injection pump of the diesel engine to ensure adequate pressure at suction of injection pump. d) Fuel oil pipelines shall be independent for each engine and gradually slopped from the tank to the injection pump. Valves in this line shall be kept near to the tank and kept locked in open position. e) A filter shall be incorporated in this pipeline, in addition to other filters in the fuel oil system and shall be mounted in an accessible position for cleaning. f) Fuel oil system shall be designed to avoid any air pocket in any part of the pipe work, fuel pump, sprayers/injectors, filter system etc. 3.3.6 Cooling water system. The type of cooling system shall confirm to TAC rule No. 7.4.5.3 as follows: Cooling by water from the discharge of fire pump (taken off prior to the pump discharge valve) direct into the engine cylinder jackets via a pressure reducing device to limit the applied pressure to a safe value as specified by the engine manufacturer. The outlet connection from this system shall terminate at least 150 mm. above the engine water outlet pipe and be directed into an open tundish so that the discharge water is visible. If cooling water tapped off from the discharged line of fire pump then the capacity of fire pump shall be increased so that net capacity meant for fire extinguishments meets the specification requirements. 3.3.7 Accessories. a) Steel guards for coupling, flywheel and other moving parts shall be provided. b) The pump and engine shall be mounted on a steel fabricated base plate. Adequate access shall be provided on the base plate to the big end and main bearings, can shaft and governor drives, water jacket etc. c) Indicator cocks on the cylinder head the engine shall also be provided with the followings: I. Inlet filter and silencer. II. Outlet muffler. 182 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm III. Expansion joints. IV. Dampers etc. as necessary for efficient operation, intake air should be taken from inside the buildings in which the engine is located. V. Other accessories necessary for efficient operation. VI. The exhaust should be discharged out side the buildings (a minimum of 15 M route length envisaged) and the exhaust duct shall be adequately sized for minimum pressure drop. VII. The exhaust pipe shall be routed clearing man height. VIII. The exhaust system shall be suitably designed to prevent condensate following into the engine. 3.3.8 Instrumentation. Adequate instrumentation to be provided which will be located in panel. These shall include, but not limited to the following: 3.4 a) Speed indicator. b) Lubricating oil sump level indicator. c) Fuel oil tank level indicator. d) Voltmeter and ammeter in battery charging circuit. e) Temperature indicator in cooling water inlet and outlet. f) Temperature indicator in lubricating oil out let from the oil cooler. g) Pressure gauges for lubricating oil system. DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT a) Final overall dimensional drawings for the engine. These shall show all the major parameters of the engine. b) Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other relevant data required for the design of civil structure. c) Cross sectional drawings for engine with the complete bill of material and relevant standards. Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated. d) Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details. e) Engine drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc. f) Performance curves. g) Test certificates for materials. h) Operation and maintenance manual. 183 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4.0 COMPOSITE CONTROL PANEL 4.1 SCOPE This specification covers the design, manufacture, inspection and testing at manufacturer's works, packing and dispatch of Composite control panel. The composite panel will be as per following details: SL. NO. DRAWING NO. TITLE 1. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003 G. A. OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL 2. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003-1 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of design and construction of the equipment. However, the equipment shall conform to high standard of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to vendors guarantee period. 4.2 CODES AND STANDARDS The design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and performance of control cabinets shall comply with all currently applicable regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the Vendor's responsibility. Supply items, which are bought out by the Vendor, shall be procured from approved manufacturers acceptable to the PURCHASER/CONSULTANT. 4.3 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 4.3.1 Control cabinets shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be dust, weather and vermin proof providing a degree of protection of IP 52 for indoor use and IP 54 for outdoor use. Sheet steel used shall be cold rolled and at least 2.0 mm thick and properly braced to prevent wobbling. Panel must be metal clad compartmentation conforming to FORM 3b of IEC 60439-1. 4.3.2 Control cabinets shall be provided with hinged door(s) with padlocking arrangement and suitable brackets / channels shall be provided for the type of mounting. 4.3.3 All live parts shall be provided with at least phase to phase and phase to earth clearances in air have 25 mm and 20 mm respectively. 4.3.4 Adequate interior cabling space and suitable removable cable gland plate shall be provided. Necessary number of cable glands shall be supplied and fitted on to this gland plate. Cable glands shall be screwed-on type and made of brass 184 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4.3.5 No fuse shall be used in the Control Panel & MCC. MCCB to be used for Short Circuit Protection Device and MCB for control circuits. 4.3.6 The low voltage panels shall be fabricated from CRCA sheet steel cubicles and should conform to IEC 3B Compartmentation, indoor floor mounted and free standing type. 4.3.7 All doors and openings shall be provided with moulded polyurethane dust proof gaskets with fasteners designed to ensure proper compression of gaskets. 4.3.8 Each feeder compartment shall be provided with front access hinged door of adequate strength and padlocking facility with main switch handle. 4.3.9 Compartment door shall be interlock mechanically with the switch such that door cannot be opened unless switch is made OFF. 4.3.10 Busbar shall be made of Electrolytic Copper (Minimum 99.9% purity) provided with heat shrinkable Black PVC sleeve and busbar joints provided with clip on shrouds. The operating temperature of the busbar does not exceed 85 "C. 4.3.11 Power and control terminals in cable alley for each module shall be covered with bolted type FRP sheet. 4.3.12 Control wiring including CT circuit shall be carried out flexible heat resistant switchboard wires of minimum size 2.5 sq. mm. FRLS Cu cable. 4.3.13 Separate Earth bus rated to carry maximum fault current for the specified time shall be provided along with the full length of each board. 4.3.14 Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the Purchaser's earthing conductor. 4.3.15 Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the Purchaser's earthing conductor. 4.3.16 All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphated and then applied two coats of Zinc chromate primer and two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint, both inside and outside, of colour as specified in Drgs 4.4 MAIN BUSBARS Busbars shall be insulated and of Electrolytic Copper and shall have adequate cross-section to carry the required continuous currents such that the operating temperature of the busbars does not exceed 85 "C. 4.5 MOTOR FEEDERS Each motor to be controlled from the control cabinet shall be provided with 3- pole / 2 pole isolating switch, HRC fuses, contactors with thermal overload relays and other equipment required for satisfactory control of motor. When schematic drawings/bills of material is enclosed, the Vendor shall supply all equipment shown. The isolating switch and contactor shall be rated at least 20% more than the connected motor full load current. 185 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Unless otherwise specified motors rated 0.5 kW and above being controlled from the control cabinet will be rated for 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz and motors rated below 0.5 kW will be 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz. 4.6 SWITCHES / MCCBs a) Switches / MCBs shall be hand operated, air break, heavy duty, quick make, quick break type conforming to applicable standards. b) The rating of switch shall be so chosen as to get complete protection by associated relay or fuse under all normal/abnormal conditions such as full load, overload, locked rotor, short circuit etc. MCCBs shall be provided with overload/short-circuit protective device. c) It shall be the responsibility of the vendor to fully coordinate the overload and short circuit tripping of the MCCBs with the downstream MCCBs/fuses/motor starters, to provide satisfactory discrimination. d) Switch handle shall have provision for locking in both fully open and fully closed positions, MCCBs shall be provided with locking facility when called in. 4.7 CONTACTORS a) Contactor type motor starters shall be of the full voltage, Automatic star-delta, air break, single throw, and Electro-magnetic type unless otherwise specified. b) Contactors shall be provided with at least 2 'NO' and 2 'NC' auxiliary contacts. c) Contactor shall be provided with three elements, position acting, ambient temperature compensated time lagged, hand reset type thermal overload relay with adjustable settings to suit the rated motor current. 4.8 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Current and voltage transformer shall be dry type. Unless otherwise specified it shall be the responsibility of the vendor to ensure that the class and VA burdens of the instrument transformers provided are adequate for the relays and meters connected to these. Facilities shall be provided for short-circuiting and grounding the CT secondary at the terminal blocks. Test links shall be provided in the CT secondary leads to carryout current and phase angle measurement tests with CTs in service. Voltage Transformers shall be provided with suitably rated primary and secondary fuses. The details of the instrument transformer are subject to the Purchaser's approval. 4.9 RELAYS Necessary auxiliary relays for alarm, time-delay relays, voltage relays as required for control and protection shall be mounted inside the cabinet. Relays shall be equipped with externally reset, positive action operation 186 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm indicator. Voltage relays shall have sufficient thermal capacity for continuous energization, using external resistors, if necessary. Each relay shall be provided with at least two potential free contacts for the Purchaser's use. Make and type of relay shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval. 4.10 CONTROL AND SELECTOR SWITCHES Control and selector switches shall be of the rotary type provided with properly designated escutcheon plates clearly marked to show the operating positions. Control switches shall have momentary contacts spring return to center, with pistol grip handle. Selector switches shall have stay put contacts with oval handles. The number of contacts and their operation in each switch shall be as indicated in control schematic (when enclosed) or shall be as per the requirements of the connected circuit. The switches shall be rated for minimum 10A at 240V A.C. and 1A inductive break at 220V D.C. 4.11 PUSHBUTTONS All push buttons shall be of push to actuate type having 2 'NO' and 3 'NC' self reset contacts. They shall be provided with integral escutcheon plates, engraved with their functions. Push buttons contacts shall be rated for 10 amps at 240V A.C. and 1 amp inductive breaking at 220V D.C. 4.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE Control cabinet shall be provided with a 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 40 W preferably fluorescent lighting, fixture for interior illumination controlled by a 'ON-OFF' switch and 240V, 1 phase, 5 amp, 3 pin receptacle, Power source for interior lighting and receptacles shall be completely independent of control power source. 4.13 INDICATING LAMPS Indicating lamps shall be of the filament type and low watt consumption. Lamps shall be provided with series resistors 4.14 CABINET INTERNAL WIRING Control cabinets shall be supplied completely wired, ready for the purchaser's external connections at the terminal blocks. All wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, PVC insulated, stranded conductors. Power circuits shall be wired with stranded aluminum conductors of adequate sizes to suit the rated circuit current, the minimum size shall be 4 sq.mm.. Control alarm and indication circuits shall be wired with stranded copper conductors of sizes not smaller than 1.5 sq.mm. C.T. circuits shall be wired with stranded copper conductor of sizes, not smaller than 2.5 sq. mm. Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Alt wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks. 187 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4.15 LABELS AND DIAGRAM PALATE a. Every equipment mounted in the cabinet shall be provided with individual labels with equipment designation/rating. Also, the cabinet shall be provided on the front with a non-rusting label engraved with the designation of the cabinet as furnished by the purchaser. b. Inside the door a circuit diagram engraved on non-rusting metal/PVC shall be fixed for reference. 4.16 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Following drawings, data and manuals shall be submitted by the bidder after award of contract: a) Detail drive/feeder list along with rating. b) Single Line Diagram for entire System indicating power distribution and rating of each component / device. c) Dimensional GA drawing of panel including mounting arrangement. d) Detail Control Scheme drawings based on approved system design. e) Schematic diagram for Annunciation System along with control and instrumentation scheme for the system. f) Confirmed data sheets duly filled in along with technical particulars. g) Routine and type test report. h) Complete system write-up. i) The Bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed are minimum requirement only. The Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups, curves and information required to meet the completeness of work are submitted to owner for approval. 4.17 TESTS & TEST REPORTS a) Acceptance and routine tests for all supply equipments/components parts shall be carried out as per the relevant standards for the respective equipment-These test reports and available type test reports shall be submitted to the purchaser before despatch of the equipment. b) Control cabinet shall be subjected to following tests: 1. High voltage test (2000 volt for 1 minute) 2. Megger test 3. Electrical control, interlock and sequential operation tests. c) Type test report shall be submitted for panel. d) Fault level rating shall be as indicating in the drawing. 188 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.0 BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER 5.1 Design Basis and System Concept 5.1.1 The battery and battery charger will constitute the D.C. power supply source for automatic/manual cranking of Diesel engine, automatic cranking shall be effected by a battery driven D.C. Motor having high starting torque to overcome full engine compression. The battery should hold adequate retainable charge to provide the starting of the diesel engine. Starting power will be supplied from two (2) sets of storage batteries. One (1) set of battery is for automatic starting of the engine and the other provided for manual starting. A selector switch will be provided at the automatic starting control panel to select any of the two (2) sets of battery for manual/auto starting of the engine. The automatic starting feature shall include ‘Repeat start’ facility so that if the pinion of the starting motor does not engage the flywheel at the first attempt, it is automatically retracted and after a short pause again will advance towards the flywheel. The battery capacity shall be adequate for ten (10) consecutive starts without recharging. The battery shall be of 24V (2 x 12V) of hermetically sealed, heavy-duty, maintenance-free, leak proof, lead acid of capacity 180 AH (approximately). 5.1.2 The batteries shall be used exclusively for starting the diesel engine and kept fully charged all the time in position. Arrangement for both trickle and boost charge shall be provided. At no time should the battery be disconnected so that it is not available to start up the engine. When the engine starts running, provision should be kept to ensure that the charger is automatically disconnected and the battery is charged by engine dynamo. The engine shall be provided with two (2) battery charger units of air cooled design. Each charger unit shall be capable of charging one (1) set of battery at a time. Provision shall be kept so that any of the charger units can be utilised for charging any of the two batteries of the engine. 5.1.3 The equipment will be installed indoor in a clean but hot humid and tropical atmosphere. 5.1.4 The float charger will be normally ON, for float charging the battery. 5.1.5 The engine starting load will be supplied by the battery. 5.1.6 The boost charger will be normally in stand-by mode and will cut into the circuit automatically (a) to provide occasional equalizing charge as required, (b) to take over the functions of float charger in case of its failure. 189 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.1.7 The boost charger shall also have provision for float, equalizing and boost charging the battery through manual selection. 5.1.8 On failure of station AC supply both float and boost chargers will go out of service. 5.1.9 Two (2) nos. battery charger and two (2) sets of battery of above type and rating shall be integrally mounted in the fire protection panel. 5.2 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 5.2.1 Battery 5.2.1.1 General a) The battery shall be hermetically sealed, maintenance-free leak proof, lead acid type. b) The plates shall be designed for maximum durability during all service conditions including high rate of discharge and rapid fluctuation of load. 5.2.1.2 Construction a) The battery terminal posts shall be provided with connecting bolts and nuts effectively coated with lead to prevent corrosion. b) Provision and Negative terminal posts shall be clearly and indelibly marked for easy identification. c) The construction features of the battery shall be as per practice of standard reputed manufacturer and batteries shall be of reputed make. d) The two (2) sets of battery shall be installed in a separate module of the diesel engine panel with adequate shock absorber, ensuring no damage of battery due to vibration while motors or engine is running. e) The battery shall be shipped unchanged. 5.2.2 24V Battery Charger 5.2.2.1 General a) The charger shall be natural air cooled, solid-state type with full wave, fully controlled, bridge configurations. b) The charger shall be provided with automatic voltage regulation, current limiting circuitry, smoothing filter circuit and soft-start feature. c) Voltage control shall be step less, smooth and continuous. d) The charger shall be self-protecting against all A.C. and D.C. transients and steady state abnormal currents and voltages. e) Charger A.C. input and D.C. output shall be electrically isolated from each other. Signature of the tenderer 190 Under the seal of the firm f) Isolation shall also be provided between power and control circuits. g) Changeover switch shall be 3 position, 4 pole, load break type with 2 NO + 2 NC auxiliary contacts. h) Contactor shall be air-break type with thermal overload relays having in built single phase preventor. i) Fuses shall be HRC type and arranged for easy replacement. Semi-conducting device fuses shall be fast-acting. j) Indicating lights shall be of clustered ‘LED’ type. Both lamp and lens shall be replaceable from front. k) AC & DC voltmeter and DC Ammeter shall be 96 x 96 mm switchboard type, antiglare glass, ± 2% accuracy with zero adjuster on the front. 5.2.2.2 Construction a) The chargers shall be installed in a separate module of the fire protection panel. b) All equipment within the panels shall be arranged in modular units and laid out with sufficient space for easy maintenance. c) Switches, meters, relays etc. Shall be flush mounted on the front of the panels. Nameplates of approved size and type shall be provided for all circuits and devices. 5.2.2.3 Charger Equipment a) All power diodes and control rectifiers shall be silicon type. Rectifier transformer shall be dry type, double wound, with copper conductor and class B insulation. b) Blocking diodes shall be fully rated and redundant so that failure of a single diode shall not incapacitate the system in any way. c) Isolating switches shall be heavy duty, load break type, operated by an external handle with provision for padlocking in ON and OFF position. d) The battery charger shall be suitable for 415V ± 10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz ± 5% supply. e) The voltage regulation shall be within ± 1% for a 0 - 100% load variation and ± 10% voltage variation on the A.C. side. 5.2.2.4 Alarms a) One (1) ten-points alarm facia shall be provided on the charger panel, complete with proper actuating devices, circuitry and legends. 191 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) The arrangement shall be such that on occurrence of a fault the corresponding window will light up and stays lighted until the fault is cleared and reset button is pressed. c) Each time a window lights up, a master relay will get energised to provide group alarm signal. 5.2.2.5 Controls The following manual controls shall be provided on the front of the panel in addition t the information contained under design criteria. a) Selection of float, equalising of boost charge. b) Voltage setter for setting the output of float/equalizing /boost charge. Setting shall be independent of each other so that setting of one voltage shall not require resetting other. c) Current limit setter. d) Alarm window reset button. 5.2.2.6 Lamp / Receptacles a. The charger panels shall be provided with :• internal illumination lamp with door switch • 3 pin 5A receptacle with plug b. Lamp and receptacle circuits shall have individual switch and fuses. 5.3 Wiring / Cabling a) The panels shall be completely wired-up. All wiring shall be routed through wiring troughs. Wires shall be ferruled at both ends for identification. b) Panels shall have 4 mm thick removable gland plates duly gasketted with neoprene rubber at the bottom/top for cable entry. All incoming/outgoing cables shall be terminated in suitable terminal blocks. c) Control terminal blocks shall be box-clamp type ELMEX 10 mm2 or approved equal. 20% spare terminals shall be furnished. 5.4 Grounding a) The charger panels shall have fully rated galvanised steel ground bus with two ground terminals, one at each end. b) Each terminal shall comprise two-bolt drilling with M10 G.I. bolts and nuts to receive Owner’s ground connection of 50 x 6 mm G.I. flat. 5.5 Painting 192 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) The panels shall be chemically cleaned, with due de-rusting, degreasing, phosphating and spraying with two coats of high quality primer and stoved after each coat. The usual 7 tank process shall be adopted. b) The panels shall be finished in light gray IS 5 shade 631 with two coats of synthetic enamel paint. c) Sufficient quantity of touch up paint shall be furnished for application at site. 5.6 TESTS 5.6.1 Shop Tests All equipment and components thereof shall be subject to shop tests as per relevant IS standards. The tests shall be included but not limited to: a) Type tests on each battery. b) Tests on battery charger. c) Dielectric tests d) Voltage regulation check from 0 to 100% load with ± 10% input voltage variation. e) Ripple content measurement f) Heat run test on current limiting value. g) Routing tests on component parts. 5.6.2 The testing shall be carried out at manufacturer’s works as per relevant standards before delivery and at site after erection to demonstrate thoroughly, satisfactory operation for the equipment. All the routine and acceptable tests shall be performed in accordance with relevant Codes & Standards. 5.7 Test Certificates (a) Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in six (6) copies for approval of the Authority. (b) The equipment shall be despatched from works only after receipt of Owner’s written approval of the test reports. (c) Type test certificates on any equipment, if so desired by the Authority, shall be furnished. Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge, to prove the design. 5.8 DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted in triplicate with the bid and in quantities and procedures as specified in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after the issue of Letter of Intent. 193 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.9 RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 1.0 BATTERY 1.1 Application 1.2 Ambient temperature a. Maximum b. Minimum Type 1.3 1.4 a) b) 1.5 1.6 Nos. of cells per battery Battery minimum voltage D. C. System voltage Starting of diesel engine 50 °C 6 °C Hermatically sealed, heavy duty, maintenance-free, leak proof, lead acid. 6 12 V 24 V (2 x 12 V Battery) 1.7 Ten hour rating to 1.85 Volt / Cell at 27 °C Mounting 180 A. H. (Approx.) 2.0 BATTERY CHARGER 2.1 Charger Float + Boost 2.2 Type Solid state, full wave, fully controlled 2.3 Enclosure Sheet steel enclosure, IP-54 Installed resilient mounting within fire protection panel. 2.4 2.5 a) Supply 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz 4 wire b) Voltage variation ± 10% c) Frequency variation ± 5% D.C. Output a) Float charge Adequately sized for duty specified. Output voltage adjustable between 25.27 volt. b) Boost charger Restoring fully discharged battery to full charge condition, in 10 hours with 25% margin over maximum charging rate. Output voltage adjustable between 20-32 Volt. d) Combined volt + frequency variation e) Short-circuit level N.B.: 10% (absolute sum) 10 KA r.m.s. symmetrical Rating of Battery in Ampere-hour (AH) at 27O C indicated as 180 is tentative. However, bidder shall be fully responsible regarding the A.H. rating of battery. 194 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.10 Performance Requirements a) The output voltage of the charger shall be regulated within + 1% of the set value for any load variation from 0 to 100% and A.C. input voltage and frequency variation as indicated above in 2.4. The ripple content in charger D.C. output shall be limited to ± 1%. b) 5.11 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 5.12 BATTERY 5.12.1 Each battery shall be furnished complete with following: 5.12.2 Battery inter-connectors and end take-off. 5.12.3 One (1) inter-connector bolt wrench. 5.13 ALARM Each Battery Charger shall be furnished complete with one (1) 10-point annunciation panel. Alarm points shall include: i) i) i) i) i) i) i) i) N.B.: A.C. supply failure D.C. Voltage low D.C. Voltage high D.C. System ground Charger overload SCR fuse blown Filter fuse blown D.C. output fuse blown Spare annunciation window provided in charger panel shall be of inscription-less type. 6.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF POWER AND CONTROL CABLE 6.1 CODES AND STANDARD The equipment to be furnished under this specification shall unless otherwise stated, be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the applicable sections of the latest revisions of relevant Indian Standard (IS) and Indian Electricity Rules. The equipment conforming to any other material standard, which ensures equivalent quality, is acceptable. 6.2 GENERAL INFORMATION The size of various cables to be used shall be suitable or the ratings of the connected equipment, maximum short circuit current voltage drop within permissible limit, ambient current voltage rating factor due to grouping spacing and depth of laying. However minimum size of cables shall be as per the Tender Drawings. 195 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 6.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENT Cables shall be designed and manufactured, so that damage will not result from transportation, installation and operation under all the climatic and operating conditions to which they may be subjected. 6.4 CONTROL CABLE All control cables shall be stranded copper conductor, PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner sheathed, single wire armoured and overall PVC seethed, 1.1 KV grade and shall conform to latest revision of IS 1554. The minimum size of cable used shall be 7/0.29 copper conductor. However, in some cases, flexible connection may be necessary and that would be done by 80/0.2 mm copper conductor, silicon. 6.5 Cable Length Cable lengths shall be considered from the layout of the equipment, so that cable joints are totally avoided. 6.6 415 V Power cables Power cables for 415V and below shall be stranded copper / aluminium conductor, PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner sheathed, single wire armoured and PVC seethed overall, 1.1 KV grade and shall conform to latest revision of IS: 1554. Cables shall be suitable for laying in conduits, ducts, trenches, and trays or for direct burial in ground in both wet and dry locations. 6.7 Tests The testing shall be carried out at the manufacturer’s works as per relevant standards before delivery and at site after erection to demonstrate thoroughly satisfactory operation of the cables. All routine and acceptance tests shall be performed in accordance with the relevant codes and standards. All shop (works) tests are under the scope of this specification. 7.0 PIPING, VALVES & SPECIALITIES. 7.1 SCOPE 7.1.1 This specification is intended to cover the requirements regarding design, Construction, performance, shop testing, erection, testing and commissioning of Piping, valves and specialties in the Fire Protection Systems. It also covers painting and protective coating of piping system. 7.1.2 This specification is not intended to specify all the detailed requirements and the Bidder must furnish equipment conforming in all respects to high standard of Engineering, design and workmanship capable of continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to PURCHASER / Consultant. 7.1.3 Complete piping system, which shall include but not be limited to the following: 196 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Drawing furnished with the specification give a general idea of the job involvement. The successful Bidder shall develop all necessary details for actual pipe routing, after clearing various obstacles and interference with other ducts, piping, equipment, structures, cables etc. b) Plain run of piping, bends, elbows, tees, branches, internals, crosses, reducing unions, couplings, caps, expansion joints, flanges, blank flanges, thrust blocks, anchors, supports, saddles, shoes, vibration, dampeners, sampling connections, orifice plates etc. wherever necessary. c) Gaskets, ring joints, packing rings, jointing materials etc. as required. Also all welding electrodes and welding rod, including special ones, if any. d) Instrument tapping connections, stubs, etc e) Gate and globe valves to start/stop and regulate flow and swing check valves for one directional flow. f) Installation control valve assembly, Sprinklers etc as shown in the drawings. g) Valve chambers shall be suitably covered by chequered plates / slabs on the top and the same shall be in the scope of contractor along with excavation and backfilling for underground piping. h) Bolts and nuts shall be of hexagonal head conforming to IS: 1367 (Latest Revision). Gaskets shall be 3 mm thick, full-face rubber. i) The underground pipes shall be laid approximately 1.0 meter below finished ground level. j) Pipe lines carrying water should be sized on the basis of allowable velocities as specified in Data Specification Sheet. k) For steel pipelines, welded construction would be adopted unless specified otherwise. l) Hangers and supports shall be capable of carrying the sum of all concurrently acting loads. They shall be designed to provide the required supporting effects and allow pipe line movements as necessary. All guides, anchors, braces, dampener, expansion joint and structural steel to be attached to the building / structure / trenches etc. shall be provided. Type of hangers and components for all piping shall be selected by Contactor and approval on the same shall be obtained from the Purchaser along with calculation. m) All piping system shall be capable of withstanding the maximum pressure arising from any condition of operation and testing, including water hammers effects. n) Any materials shall be of the quality conforming to the specifications and subject to the approval of the PURCHASER / Consultants. o) Piping & other work to be carry out in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in any process, passages etc. 197 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm p) Pipes should be supported (for indoor) to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps and supports (galvanised after fabrication) at span as specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC slabs and walls / floors etc. q) Valves and other accessories should be so located that they are easily accessible for operations, repairs and maintenance. r) Any Pipes and fittings shall be fixed exactly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat workmanship. s) Any pipe work should be free from burrs, rust and scale and shall be cleaned before installation. All personnel engaged on welding operations must possess a certificate of competence issued by an acceptable / recognized authority. 7.2 Piping distribution arrangement a) The system will be designed as to ensure proper flow (Hardy cross method) with isolation valves at strategic locations. The hydraulic calculation shall be as per FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL issued by TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC). The pipe sizes shall be justified by computerized analysis to meet the above criteria. b) The pipe will normally run as indicated in the drawings however where applicable, over ground pipe will normally run at 300 mm above finished ground level on RCC pedestals. c) Design condition of piping system and material of construction of various pipes shall be as specified in technical specification / data sheet. d) Underground pipes shall be provided with proper anti-corrosive treatment as specified hereinafter. e) Pipes shall be provided with air release valves at all high points. f) Painting (of above ground non-galvanized pipes) on the external surface and painting of equipment will be undertaken by the successful bidder as specified hereinafter. g) All pipe bends of sizes below 50 mm NB shall be socket weld type having bend radius, measured to the centre line of pipe, of three times the pipe diameter (R=3 D). Bend of size above 50 mm NB and up to 300 mm NB shall be long radius elbows having bend radius R=1.5D. Bends above 300 mm shall be mitered bends. h) Concrete anchor blocks shall be provided at all turning points for pipe size 6” and above to absorb water hammer and Pipe vibration. 198 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm i) Anchor blocks at suitable interval should be provided to take care of bouncy force coming on the pipe when the pipe is passing on the riverbed type area or through water (if any). j) In all cases where trenches have been cut across roads and back filling of the trench is not completed, temporary bridge work of full width of road and of adequate strength shall be installed to ensure safety of traffic by contractor. k) The dimensions of the trench may have to be locally increased to facilitate welding of pipe. Field joints should be kept to a minimum as possible. 7.3 VALVES a) Valves shall be used to start, stop or control flow. Non return valves shall provide one directional flow. Suitable size of drain valves shall be used in drain lines. b) All valves shall be suitable for service conditions i.e. flow, temperature and pressure under which they are required to operate. c) Gate / sluice valves will be used for isolation of flow in pipe lines and shall be as indicated in Technical Data sheet. Gate valves shall be non rising spindle type. d) Bypass valve and/or spur gear reduction unit only for valves of size 350 mm and above. e) All valve shall be of ISI marked and should be PN-1.6 f) Globe valves shall be provided with contoured plug to facilitate regulation and control of flow. g) Non-return valves shall be swing check type. Valves will have a permanent 'arrow* inscription on its body to indicate direction of motion of the fluid. h) Whenever any valve is found to be so located that it cannot be approached manually from the nearest floor/gallery/platform, hand wheel with floor stand or chain operation shall be provided for the same i) Valves below 50 mm size shall have screwed ends while those of 50 mm and higher sizes shall have flanged connections. j) Safety relief valves shall be of direct spring loaded pop type and shall have a tight, positive and precision closing and shall be provided with a manual lifting lever. k) Safety relief valves shall be constructed and adjusted to permit the fluid to escape without increasing the pressure beyond 10 percent above the set blow off pressure and shall reset at a pressure not less than 2.5 percent and not more than 5 percent of the set pressure. 199 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm l) The seat and disc of safety valve shall however be of suitable material to resist corrosion. The seat of the valves shall be fastened to the body of the valves in such a way that there is no possibility of seat lifting. 7.4 HYDRANT VALVE (OUTDOOR) & STAND POST ASSEMBLY a) The general arrangement of outdoor stand post assembly, consisting of a column pipe and a hydrant valve with a quick coupling, shall be as indicated in the drawings. b) Material of construction shall be as indicated in Technical Data Sheet. 7.5 INDOOR HYDRANT VALVES (INTERNAL LANDING VALVES Material of construction of hydrant valve shall be as indicated in Technical Data Sheet. 7.6 HOSES, NOZZLES, BRANCH PIPES & HOSE BOXES a) The hoses for the internal and external hydrant system shall be rubber lined, woven cover jacketed type conforming to IS: 636, Type - A. Each hose will be provided with quick connecting coupling branch pipe nozzles etc. b) Hose pipes of all types shall be capable of withstanding an internal water pressure of not less than 35 kg/cm2 without bursting. It must also withstand pressure of 21 kg/cm2 without undue leakage or sweating. c) Each hose shall be fitted with instantaneous spring lock type couplings at both ends. Hose shall be fixed to the coupling ends by copper rivets and the join shall be reinforced by 1.5 mm copper wires and leather bends. d) Branch pipes shall be constructed of stainless steel and have rings at both the ends. One end of the branch pipe will receive the quick coupling while the nozzle will be fixed to the other end. e) Nozzles shall be constructed of stainless steel. The nozzle sizes shall be of not less than 16 mm in diameter, nor more than 25 mm in diameter. f) Suitable spanner of approved design shall be provided in adequate numbers for easy assembly and dismantling of various components like branch pipes, nozzles, quick coupling ends. g) 2 Nos. 15 M long /2 Nos. 7.5M long hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes, nozzles, spanner etc. will be kept in a hose box, which will be located near point of use. The general design and construction of instantaneous couplings, branch pipes and nozzles shall comply with IS: 903 (latest revision) 7.7 FABRICATION AND ERECTION The contractor shall fabricate all the pipe work strictly in accordance with the related approved drawings, Tolerances in pipe fabrication shall be limited within the figures as given below 200 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm i. Internal misalignment: 1.5 mm. ii. External misalignment: 1.5 mm. iii. Length: ± 3.0 mm. iv. Perpendicular: 2 mm in 1M. v. Horizontality: 2 mm in 1 M 7.8 WELDING SPECIFICATION 7.8.1 GENERAL All welding for pipe shall be done in accordance with the following accepted standard and procedure a) IS-9595: Electricity welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage. b) IS: 823: Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel- (for structural work only) c) Contractor that the compliance with this specification does not relieve fully or partially the contractor’s responsibilities for piping fabrication and erection of his own responsibilities as well as on any contractual obligations should note it. d) For field and shop welding of steel piping, following type of joints shall be followed for bends, branch connection, valves etc. i. Between pipes, flanges, bends branch connection, valves etc.: Butt-welds. ii. For junction of slip on flanges and socket weld fittings, etc.: Fillet welds e) Before welding, all foreign matter shall be removed from the beveller ends. If any of the pipes joint is damaged to the extent the satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, the damaged pipe ends shall be cut and field beveled with beveling machine. The cost of all beveling shall be borne by contractor. Split ends or other defects in the pipe be discovered, the length of pipe containing such defects shall be cropped, repaired or removed from the line at the contractor’s cost. f) Only qualified welder / certified welders shall be allowed to weld. Please refer to qualifying requirement explained hereinafter. g) The ends shall be cleaned by wire brushing; each weld-run shall be cleaned of slag before the next run. h) Contractor shall furnish all labour, equipments, tools and consumable materials, including shielded type welding electrodes of the correct specification. i) It is contractor’s responsibility to maintained in satisfactory condition of all welding equipment, line up clamps, bevelling machines and other welding tools and materials those shall be of suitable type only. j) All joints shall be completed uninterrupted. 201 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm k) Manual shielded metal arc process shall be followed for socket weld joint with low hydrogen type covered electrodes. l) Welding machines shall be equipped with the amperage and voltage ranges recommended for are size and type of electrode to ensure proper fusion and maximum penetration. m) Prior to starting of production welding, pipe joint welding procedure shall be established, qualified are recorded for submission to the engineer-in-charge for approval and adhere to in accordance with PURCHASER guidelines. n) The filler metal classification number and the size of electrodes to be used for each bead and the number and sequence of beads shall be strictly in accordance with the established, qualified and recorded welding procedure specification. o) The standard of acceptability of welds shall be examined as set forth in PURCHASER Guide line by non-destructive means of inspections if arranged by PURCHASER regarding the acceptability of welds, shall be final and binding on contract. The non-destructive test of welds shall consist of examination of a portion of the welds and on the line according to the procedure of PURCHASER Guide line and the number of welds to be examined shall be at least 10% (ten percent) of total welds. p) During welding, where the spans are greater length than those indicated in table, intermediate supports shall be provided. However, in no case the unsupported length of pipe shall be more than that indicated in table. Number of beads required shall be covered by the wall thickness of the pipe provided, however, that the completed weld shall have a substantially uniform croons section around the circumferences of the pipe. The root bead shall be applied completely around the pipe and a grinder must immediately run each bead and the groove shall be thoroughly cleaned for visual inspection of all free scale, slag of flux and other foreign materials prior to the application of successive beads. The hot pass shall fully penetrate the pipe bevel at each site of the stringer making a deposit heavy enough to avoid pinching. The completed welds is to be cleaned free of all scale, slag or flux and other foreign materials prior to the application of successive bead. The stringer bead must approach full and complete penetration thorough out the periphery of the weld and built up with reinforcement at the root. If the circumferential weld fails during testing or test run, the contractor shall repair the defects at his own cost irrespective of it being found to be acceptable earlier. 202 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm q) When welding the line together as place where test welds have been cut, one replacement weld will be used, if practicable to pull the line back into position, otherwise, two welds will be made by fitting in a pipe joint having a length of not less than 1.0 M. r) The CONTRACTOR shall exercise special care to ensure that the pipe is properly aligned and not subjected to any strain. The CONTRACTOR should repair defective welds according to the requirement of PURCHASER / consultant without any extra cost. s) Welding shall not be carried on when weather condition is unsuitable. The decision of PURCHASER / consultant regarding the suitability or otherwise of weather conditions shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR. t) All movements, vibration, shocks, or stresses should be carefully avoided in order to prevent weld cracks during the process of welding. u) Irrespective of thickness and class of pipe, Fillet weld should be made by shielded metal arc process. Size of Electrodes should not exceed 10 SWG (3.25 mm). Minimum two runs should be made on sockets weld joints. v) Pipe fittings of 50 NB and below should be socked weld type only. w) Welding Electrodes should conform to IS: 815 latest editions and the same should be approved by the engineer-in-charge after conducting test as per IS: 8.14. The contractor at his own cost shall carry out this test. The contractor should submit manufacturer’s certificates for each batch of electrodes supplied by him. The electrodes used shall be suitable to the welding process and the base metal and the weld properties shall not be lower than those of base metal. Electrodes when used shall be free of rust, oil, grease, or other matter, which could be harmful for the quality of welding. Electrode shall be stored in unopened original containers. They shall be stored adequately to prevent moisture loss or moisture absorption and shall be handed in such a manner so as to avoid the damage of coating. 7.8.2 PROCEEDURE x) a) All welding shall be performed employing welding procedure and welders in accordance with PURCHASER Guidelines. b) Welding shall be done in horizontal position as far as possible. c) Downward technique is not allowed any welding pipes in horizontal position, unless permitted by the engineer-in-charge. d) A gauge spacer of proper diameter must be used for the proper weld root but must be removed after tack welding and before applying root pass. 203 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm e) Even tack weld for the alignment of pipe joints should be done by a qualified welder, since tack welds is a part of final welding, it should be executed carefully and shall be free from defects. Defective welds shall be removed prior to the welding of joints. f) Minimum 2nos.tack weld to be provided for 50 NB & below pipe sizes while 4 nos. tack weld for above 50 NB to 350 NB pipe and the same should be equally spaced. g) Welding irregularities, slag etc. should be removed by grinding or chipping, on completion of each run. h) Electrodes should be used as E 6010 for root & E 7018 for filler unless otherwise changes & suggested by PURCHASER. i) Welding procedure qualification shall be as per PURCHASER guidelines. Engineer-in-charge shall review, check & approve welding procedure after conducting such test as are necessary. It shall be the responsibility of contractor to arrange and carry out such test at his own cost. j) Welder qualification for all piping shall be as per PURCHASER guidelines only. Engineer-in-charge shall witness the test and certify the qualification of each welder. Welders approved by the Engineer-incharge only shall be employed. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to carry out the qualification test of the welders at his own cost at the job site. All the tools, tackles and auxiliaries required for carrying out welders the contractor at his own cost should supply test. k) A gauge spacer of proper diameter must be used for the proper weld root but must be removed after tack welding and before applying root pass. 7.8.3 END PREPARATION a) For steel pipes, machining shall do end preparation for but welding. b) Socket weld end preparation shall be by sawing / machining. c) For tees, laterals, mitre bends, and other irregular, details cutting templates shall be used for accurate cut. d) The ends to be welded should be properly cleaned. 7.9 OVERGROUND PIPING 7.9.1 Basis of Selection for span of RCC sleepers (in case of above ground pipes) Ppiping, in case of above ground, shall be laid on RCC sleepers. Pipes Guides have to be provided on every third sleepers. The contractor will carry out flexibility analysis and provided Anchor supports expansion loops wherever necessary. However, for piping laid more than 500 mm from ground level, structural supports shall be provided as per good engineering practice. Contractor has to submit the detail calculation of RCC sleeper for approval to PURCHASER. The spacing of supports shall not generally exceed the following: 204 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SL. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. TABLE-X PIPE SIZE 80 NB to 100 NB 150 NB to 200 NB 250 NB to 300 NB 350 NB to 400 NB 450 NB to above SPAN 3.0 M 3.5M 4.5 M 5.0 M 6.0 M However, the spacing will be reduced at end at expansion loops and in valve mounting locations. All headers would generally have flange connection at 30m intervals to facilitate dismantling and removal. The exact spacing and location of these flanges shall be decided during construction at site. 7.9.2 STRUCTURAL PIPE SUPPORT a) Structural steel work for support of pipe shall be in accordance with IS: 800- code of practice for general construction in steel and the other Indian standards as applicable. b) All steel plates used for supports should conform to IS: 226 / IS: 2062. c) Bolts and used for supports should conform to grade B of IS: 1367. d) Welding electrodes used for supports should conform to as mentioned in WELDING SPECIFICATION herein. e) Washers used for supports should conform to IS: 2016. f) All materials used for supports should conform to their respective specifications. g) Fabrication of Structural steel work for support should conform to strictly as per approved drawings only. h) Welding shall be done conform to as mentioned in WELDING SPECIFICATION herein. 7.9.3 Surface preparation  Wire brushing for above ground piping i) All surfaces shall be manually cleaned of rust/mill scale by wire brush, etc. ii) Use of chipping hammer, emery paper shall be done to clean pitted areas.  Sandblasting for above ground piping (in case Engineer-in-charge feels it is required) i) All rust and mill scale shall be removed by sandblast only. ii) In case there is any difficulties to paint of gratings, where wire brushing or sand blasting is difficult dipping the sections in approved passivity solution of appropriate concentrations shall do rust passivity. After passivity, to be washed with fresh water and dried as per IS: 13515. iii) If there is any recommendation from manufacture for special care by any method for surface preparation the same should also be provided by the contractor iv) On completion of surface preparation, above ground pipelines should be painted with 2 coats of zinc phosphate primer. 205 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm v) On completion of application of primer, above ground pipelines should be painted with2 coats of first quality enamel paint of post office red shade. vi) Pipeline, valves, accessories & instruments etc should be suitably marked with lettering as desired by PURCHASER / Consultant. The sizes of letter or nameplate shall be decided after completion of installation by PURCHASER. Any price implication for the same to be included by bidder in their offer. 7.9.4 PIPE SUPPORT FOR PUMP HOUSE / INSIDE BUILDING TABLE - I PIPE SIZE SIZES OF MATERIAL U BLOT SIZE OF SUPPORT STRUCTURE ISA ISJC SPAN OF PLATE 6 MM THK SUPPORT 150NB 16 G.I. - 100 150x150 3.5 M 100NB 16 G.I. - 100 150x150 3.0 M 80NB 12 G.I. 75x75x6 - 150x150 2.5 M 65NB 12 G.I. 75x75x6 - 100x100 2.5 M 50NB 10 G.I. 50x50x5 - 100x100 2.0 M 40NB 6 G.I. 50x50x5 - 100x100 2.0 M 32NB 6 G.I. 40x40x5 - 100x100 2.0 M 25NB 6 G.I. 40x40x5 - 100x100 2.0 M 7.9.5 PAINTING a) Surface of over ground pipes except galvanized pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of Mill scale, rust etc. by wire brushing. Thereafter, one coat of red lead primer shall be applied. Finally two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved colour shall be applied. b) All external or exposed surfaces of piping / instruments / valves or any mechanical & electrical equipment, accessories and surfaces of all structures, platforms, etc. should be provided with required primer and finish painting after necessary surface preparation. 7.10 BURRIED PIPE LINES 7.10.1 SURFACE PREPARATION 206 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Pipe surface shall be cleaned thoroughly either by mechanical process or by hand brush, so that it is completely free from rust and dirt. The cleaning shall be so carried out that it shall be free from mill scale, rust, oil, welding scale and other foreign materials. 7.10.2 Sandblasting for underground piping (in case Engineer-in-charge feels it is required) a) All rust and mill scale shall be removed by sandblast only. b) In case there is any difficulties to paint of gratings, where wire brushing or sand blasting is difficult dipping the sections in approved passivity solution of appropriate concentrations shall do rust passivity. After passivity, to be washed with fresh water and dried as per IS: 13515. c) If there is any recommendation from manufacture for special care by any method for surface preparation the same should also be provided by the contractor 7.10.3 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING a) Buried pipe line shall be protected against corrosion by providing either wrapping or coating or by self-adhesive insulating tape Material of approved quality. b) The coating shall consist of one coal tar primer coat, one coal tar enamel coat, warping fiberglass and one more coat of enamel and the final wrap of enamel impregnated fiberglass. c) The two ends of each length of pipe shall be left bare of primer coating and wrapping for a distance of 150mm (6”) per ends to facilitate welding joint. And after completion of welding, those places shall be covered with wrapping and coating. d) Primer specification should be so that they are suitable for with standing maximum expected surface temperature and suitable to type of atmosphere it is exposed to. e) The contractor should follow the provisions of Indian standards or equivalent approved other national standards in selection of paints, application and surface preparation. f) Application of primer and finish paints shall be done at site as far as possible. 7.10.4 Priming Coat The priming coat shall conform to the requirements of IS: 10221 and shall be thoroughly mixed before using by stirring or by rocking the drum to provide uniformity of materials. The primer paint should be applied over a thoroughly clean and dry surface immediately following the cleaning operation and shall be applied with a uniform thickness on the top, sides and bottom of the pipe, using quantity of primer recommended by manufacturer. The primer coating shall be free of bubbles, globules, drifts and rams. Pipe having a longitudinal seam shall be carefully examined to determine that all excess primer been brushed out of angle of each side of welding seam. 207 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm The primer shall be thoroughly dry before the enamel is applied. The primer paint shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer. Freshly primed pipe shall be handled carefully to prevent damage. Any damage areas shall be re-primed before applying enamel. 7.10.5 Enamel i) The material to be used shall be coal tar enamel and fibreglass of approved quality. ii) A well experienced man shall be placed In charge of coating. Any enamel heated in excess of manufacturer’s specification shall not be used. Only batch heating of enamel shall be permitted. Enamel withdrawn from the bottles shall be strained through a 1.5mm (1/16”) strainer. iii) Along with first flood coat of enamel, single special wrap of fibreglass (inner wrap) shall be applied overlapping at least 20mm (3/4”) on pipe. It shall be seen that fibreglass impregnate in the first flood coat. iv) Second coat of enamel and second wrap of bitumen impregnated fibreglass or Kraft paper shall be applied in the same way. The total thickness of the coating shall not be less than 4.0mm. 7.10.6 Alternative a) The coating may be carried out by 4 mm thick. Anti-corrosive tape of ISI approved make or equivalent shall be as per recommendation by manufacturer. The detail process should be submitted to purchaser / consultant before applying the same. b) Piping thus coated and wrapped shall be tested for holiday detection by means of high voltage holiday detector (10,000 Volts). Any defect observed during such test shall be suitably rectified. c) The above detail specifies the minimum requirement for the buried pipeline coating for his lender specification. However, the bidder shall review the adequacy of the same considering the soil conditions of the site and shall provide better/supplementary system, if required, without any extra cost to the purchaser. d) After entire fire water piping is erected and before wrapping / coating and backfilling, the pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test at 1.5 times the design pressure for a period of two (2) hours. e) Application of primer and finish paints for finished machine and equipment such as pumps, motor etc. for such finished equipments and components there of the painting may be completed at shop and transported to site with paint duly protected. Shop coat of protective paint shall be 208 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm given before dispatch to site. However, touch-up paints shall be done at site after erection and commission as per direction of Engineer-in- charge. 7.11 TRENCHING: a) Contractor shall by any method that may be necessary or directed, dig the pipeline trench on the cleared pipeline alignment. Trenching shall as far as possible be kept achieved of the welding operation. Contractor shall exercise due care that the soil from trenching intend to be used for back filling is not mixed with loose debris or foreign matter. The width of the trench shall be measured at the bottom of the trench and shall be 25 cams. more the dia. of pipe. b) Trenching shall be carried out in all sorts of soil. While trenching contractor shall not damage any underground structure of pipeline or cable etc. in case of any damages to the underground structure of pipeline or cable etc., the contractor should repair or replace it without any extra cost. The contractor shall be responsible for all necessary arrangements to remove or pump out water from the trench. 7.12 BACKFILLING a) The back-fill material may be field by hand or by other approved mechanical methods and shall be thoroughly compacted. b) While back filling and compacting, care shall be taken to avoid any injury to the pipe and the protective coating. c) Settlement of back fill in the trench shall be achieved by means of flooding, piddling, tamping or jetting. Poking with metal rod is not permitted. d) During and /or after completion of back filling, the excess excavated material shall be carted away as per direction of PURCHASER. The area shall also be dressed and cleaned. All debris, erection wastes etc., shall also be removed by the contractor. e) Valves pits shall be constructed as per drawing and construction shall be such as to prevent ingress of sub soil water. f) Before pipe is laid in the trench, sub-grade shall be made by back filling with approved material for a depth of 75 mm from the bottom of the pipe and compacted by ramming/tamping. g) All trenches shall be back-filled by hand from bottom of the trench up to 300 mm above the top of the pipe with back-fill material free from cinder, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic material, boulders, rocks, stones or other such material which may damage the protective coating of the pipe. The back filling shall be carried out in layers of 75 mm and thoroughly compacted by tamping. 209 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Back-fill material shall be deposited in the trench for its full width. The back fill material may be excavated earth, river sand, fine stone dust, sandy soil, etc., in case, adequate quantity of excavated earth is not available, back-fill material shall be hauled from other places by the contractor. h) Trench shall be backfilled after inspection and approval of PURCHASER / consultant 7.13 GROUTING a) This specification covers all supply of related materials, installation / execution connected with grouting. Grouting of Structural steel work for support & RCC sleeper compose a particular type of work requiring cautious selection of materials and cautious execution of work. It requires performing proper & complete filling of the space. b) Grouting work should be done under well-qualified & well experience supervisor so that utmost care can be taken. c) Followings to be taken care by contractor. I. Current dated Portland cement conforming to IS: 269 should be used. II. Sand should conform in general to requirements of concrete aggregate as stated in IS: 383. III. Admixture for anti shrinkage from reputed manufacturers to be used and shall be approved by PURCHASER prior to use. IV. Cement and sand in the proportion of 1:1ratio by weight and mixed up with 0.5 mortar and anti-shrinkage admixture in a suitable proportion to cement mortar as recommended of the manufacturer and subject to the approval of PURCHASER. V. Before starting the grouting, surfaces should be properly roughened by using chipping hammer or any other method approved by engineer-in –charge, properly cleaned and wet. VI. The steel surface coming contract with the grout should be cleaned of rust, mill scales, paints, oil or grease and be wet before setting into place for grouting. VII. Grouting arrangements should ensure that mortar to fill all the voids completely. Pressure grouting with grout pump shall be used. VIII. Any damage to the concrete foundation works caused during such operations due to carelessness or negligence shall be made good by the contractor in a manner to be decided by the purchaser whose decision shall be final and binding. 210 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm IX. PURCHASER guide lines to be followed in all cases of grouting, cement concrete (plain & reinforced), size of coarse aggregate, mixing of concrete, bending, brick soiling, mix of mortar, brick masonry work etc. X. PURCHASER safety norms should be followed strictly in all cases. 7.14 STORAGE AND HANDLING 7.14.1 Storage a) Pipes shall be stored on firm and well-drained ground. b) The pipes shall be stacked / stored on timber/packs of sand bags / steel to keep them out of contact with ground. c) Pipefitting and valves up to size 6” shall be stored indoors. d) Pipe fittings and valves above size 6” may be stored outside on wooden sleepers on firm and welldrained ground. Fittings shall be started such that ingress of rainwater is avoided and are in selfdraining position. e) The valves shall be stored in closed position except those with non-metallic seats (for instances butterfly valves). f) Gate valves shall be stored in upright position while butterfly valves shall be kept with flange faction resting on wooden sleepers. All valves shall be covered with tarpaulin/polythene sheets. g) Rubber- lined valve shall be stored in shade and protected from exposure to direct sunlight. h) Valves end covering shall be retained in place until removal is necessitated for erection. All the valves shall be inspected and cleaned after end coverings are removed for erection. i) Valves spindle shall be cleaned and lubricated prior to commissioning. 7.14.2 Handling a) Pipes/pipe fittings and valves shall not be allowed to drop or strike any objects, which shall damage the same. b) While handling pipes and fittings, care shall be excursed to avoid distortion, flattening, denting, scoring or any other from the damage. c) To the extent feasible, mechanical lifting tools and tackles shall be used for handling pipes to avoid any scoring/scratching. d) After application of protective coating, no brace links/ropes of any description shall be used for lifting or handlings of pipes. After application of protective coating, for handling the pipes, lifting hooks made of belt length or plates curved to match the curvature of pipes or any similar device providing enough 211 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm bearing sera to avoid damage to the protective coating shall be used. After application of protective coating, pipes shall be lifted and lowered by use of cranes except for areas, which are inaccessible for cranes. e) Dragging of coated or uncoated pipes is prohibited. f) In stringing pipe along the right of way, gaps shall be left between adjacent length of pipes at regular intervals and at well-defined places to permit free passage of personal or vehicle during the time interval between stringing and other construction operations. 7.15 Portable Extinguishers a) The design, manufacture, material of construction and performance of all extinguishers shall comply with the requirements of latest revisions of the relevant codes/standards and codes of practice as indicated in the relevant data sheets. b) Each extinguisher shall be complete with handle, initial charge, fixing bracket, screws and other accessories. The front of the extinguishers shall be permanently marked with the type, fire glass for which it is suitable, its contents, usage and method of operation. c) The contractor shall conduct all tests required to ensure that the equipment furnished shall conform to this specification requirements, relevant Indian Standards and applicable codes. The particulars of the test shall be submitted to the Purchaser/Consultant for approval before conducting the tests. The contractor shall inform the purchaser/consultant well ahead of major shop tests, so that if the purchaser/consultant so desires, his representative can witness the tests. d) A performance demonstration test at site of five (5) percent or one (1) number whichever is higher of each type of extinguishers shall be carried out by the contractor. All consumable and replaceable items required for the test shall be supplied by the contractor without extra cost to purchaser. The contractor shall recharge the portable fire extinguisher used for performance demonstration test at site after the tests are satisfactorily completed. e) The contractor shall guarantee all equipment supplied by him against any defect due to faulty design, material and workmanship. The equipment shall be guaranteed to operate satisfactorily at the rated conditions. 7.16 INSPECTION & TESTING A PIPES 1. Mechanical and chemical tests shall be performed as required in the codes/standards. 212 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2. All pipes shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing as required in the codes/standards for a period of two hour. 3. All materials for hanger’s supports shall be of tested quality. Hanger springs shall be properly calibrated. 4. Thickness of the pipe coating shall be measured. 5. On completion of coating, it shall be tested using efficient high voltage (12 KV. MAX.) Holiday detectors, operating at a voltage high enough to jump air gap the length of which is equal to the thickness of coating. Other test like direct impact test, Adhesion test to be carried out as per IS: 10221. 6. After completion of erection of piping, the same should be inspected to ascertain that each of the following points has been adhered to: ii) Materials used as per specification only. iii) Erection in accordance with the approved drawings. iv) Erection of guides and supports in accordance with the approved drawings. v) Proper arrangement done for testing as per specification. 7. All tests should be carried out as outlined below: a) Pipelines should be tested in sections to facilitate completion work in that area or areas. b) The test of the pipeline shall be performed with water as test fluid. All arrangements required for testing including manifolds etc., shall be made by the contractor and after testing they shall be removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. c) Water to be used for testing shall be supplied by Purchaser at the prevailing chargeable rate if available; otherwise the contractor at his own cost arranges the same. d) Sections which have been tested should be Marked / Tagged properly. e) Any such weld joints could not be tested may be exempted from hydraulic testing by the engineer-in-charge subject to radiographic approval for those joints. f) Any piping system, which basically dries system, should also be hydraulically tested after plugging all openings. g) All instruments shall be isolated during flushing and pressure testing by metallic blinds, caps or plugs. h) Pressure test shall not be carried out against closed valves. 213 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm i) Safety valve, drains, vents etc. that are open to atmosphere discharge shall not be hydrostatically tested, shall be visually inspected to eliminate the possibility of blockage. j) To prevent dirt or any foreign matter entering into the instruments piping during the pressure test. Isolation valve located below the Instrumentation pressure impulse piping must be blocked by threaded plug by the contractor. k) The contractor, of the testing sequence/program, should inform the engineer-in-charge in advance to enable him to be present for witnessing the test. l) All equipment, materials, consumable services mentioned below (but not limited to) required for carrying out pressure testing of piping shall be provided by the contractor at his cost. (1) Temporary piping with valves, fittings, specials etc. (2) Temporary gaskets wherever requires. (3) All consumable. (4) Tools, tackles, pipe wrenches, spanners etc. (5) Pump sets for pressure testing. (6) Air compressor if required. (7) Any other materials not specified here but required for carrying out pressure test. m) Temporary spools pieces to be provided by the contractor wherever required in absence of any valves etc. n) During testing, all joints (either welded or screwed flanged) shall be left exposed for the examination. All such places shall be cleaned and free from rust and any other foreign matters. o) All permanent joints shall be tested with permanent gasket only. p) Protective device to be provided by contractor to relieve excess pressure due to thermal expansion of water during extended hydrostatic test period. q) For longer line and vertical line two or more pressure gauges shall be installed at the location decided by the engineer-in-charge. r) The pressure gauge shall be installed as close as possible to the lowest point of piping system. s) When the section is filled with water, pressure one and half time working pressure shall be applied and maintained as directed by the engineer-in-charge on the line for 24 hours as the system would be subject to thermal expansions. Provisions should be made for relief of excess pressure. 214 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm t) All vents etc. shall be left open while filling the lines with water for complete removal of air. In all lines pressurizing the system temporary isolation valves shall be provided if valve vents, drains do not exist in the system. u) Pressure shall be applied only after the system/line is ready and approved by the engineer-incharge. v) CONTRACTOR shall furnish approved test pressure and temperature records to obtain record of testing result and shall make all necessary connection for pumping and testing the line. w) Failure during test shall be located and repaired by the contractor at his own cost. In the case of defective materials, replacement would be provided by the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled for no extra work. x) After repair of any length or failure, the test shall be repeated till satisfactory results are obtained. y) Pressure test shall be considered completed only after approval by engineer-in-charge. The contractor at his own cost, if any, notice during testing shall rectify defects, immediately. 8. After completion of testing of piping following steps to be taken care by contractor: a) The piping system shall be drained. b) Total Piping should be thoroughly flushed so that no dirt or any unwanted materials remain in side pipelines. c) All valves, screens of strainers etc shall be cleaned and reinstalled. d) Any joints, which could not be tested during hydro testing, should be tested pneumatically after the hydro testing is over. e) Engineer-in-charge will decide the range of Pneumatic test pressure and contractor shall ensure that this test pressure is not exceeded any time during this test. B. VALVES 1. All valves shall be as per Technical Data. Sheet. 2. All valves shall be tested hydrostatically for the seat as well as body as required in the code/standards for a period of one hour. 3. Visual check on the valve and simple operational test in which the valve will be operated thrice from full open to full close condition. ORIGINAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR ALL EQUIPMENTS. 215 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 8.0 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL 8.1 CODES AND STANDARDS: All construction, installation, workmanship, design, testing and equipment shall conform to following codes/standard: a) National Electrical Code : NEC b) National electrical Manufacturers Association : NEMA c) Indian standard : IS d) DIN Standards : DIN e) National Fire Protection Association’s Fire Codes : NFPA 8.2 GENERAL The instrumentation and control systems to be furnished under this specification shall be complete in all respects and adequate for the safe, efficient and reliable commercial operation of the entire system including its various sub systems, under the normal and worst service and environmental condition. It shall include all the required materials, accessories, devices and all other items for mounting, installation and interconnection amongst the various system components as per the approved standard practices. All devices like relays, switches, lamps etc. required for interlocking and protection shall be fully covered under this specification to make the system completed in all respect. 8.3 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION All find mounted instruments shall be weather and dust tight, suitable for under ambient conditions. All fieldmounted instruments shall be mounted in suitable locations where maximum accessibility for maintenance can be achieved. 8.4 LOCAL INSTRUMENTS A) PRESSURE GAUGE AND SWITCHES: The pressure sensing elements shall be II) Continuous ‘c’ bourdon type for pressure above 1.0 kg/cm2 III) Below for vacuum & up to 1.0 kg/cm2 IV) The sensing elements for all gauges / switches shall be properly aged and factory tested to remove all residual stresses. They shall be able to withstand at least twice the full-scale pressure without any damage or permanent deformation. V) Gauges shall be 150-mm diameter dial with die-cast aluminum, stove enamel black finish case, aluminum screwed ring and clear plastic crystal cover glass. Upper range pointer limit stop for all gauges shall be provided. 216 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm VI) All gauges shall with stainless steel bourdon having rotary-geared stainless steel movements. VII) Weatherproof type construction shall be provided for all gauges. This type of construction shall be fully dust tight, drip tight, weather resistant and splash proof with anti-corrosive painting. VIII) All gauges shall have micrometer type zero adjuster. IX) Neoprene safety diaphragm shall be provided on the back of the instrument casing for pressure gauges of range 0-10 kg/cm2. X) Scale shall be concentric with black lettering on white background. The scale shall be in metric units. XI) Accuracy shall be 1.0 percent of full-scale range or better. XII) All instruments shall conform to IS: 3624-1979. XIII) PULSATION DAMPENERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PULSATING FLUIDS TO REDUCE MECHANICAL FATIGUE. XIV) All pressure instruments shall be provided with a 3-way isolation valves in SS 304 construction, Union nut, nipple and tail pipe shall be provided wherever required. XV) Switch element contacts shall have at least two (2) NO and NC contacts. Actuation set point shall be adjustable throughout the range. XVI) Switch elements shall be snap acting and vibration proof. XVII) Necessary accessories shall be furnished in detail along with the offer. B) I) LEVEL SWITCHES Level switches shall be of float operated magnetic type. II) Materials of constructions hall be suitable for process and ambient conditions. The float material shall be AISIO –316 stainless steel. III) Actuating switches shall be snap-acting micro-switches. Actuation set point shall be adjustable. ONOFF differential (difference between switch actuation levels) shall be adjustable. Adjustable range shall be suitable application. There shall be at least 2 No. + 2 NC Contracts. 9.0 EXECUTION 9.1 Installation a) Installation shall be in accordance with as specified and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. b) Bidder should note that entire job to be executed in Old plant & office building hence execution work to be carried out with due care. 217 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) Bidder should also not that during execution in any damage by contractor workmen, and then the same should be replaced / repaired by contractor up to the satisfaction of the engineering charge free of cost. 9.2 Supervision of Work The contractors shall keep constantly at the work site a competent engineer or other such competent person as may be required to set the work and any direction or explanation given by the purchasers authorized representative to such persons in writing shall be held to have been given to the contractors. 9.3 Inspection of Work a) A site engineer would supervise the work constantly and /or inspection will be made periodically during the process of work by the representative/representatives authorised by Purchaser and all materials and workmanship must be of acceptable quality and efficiency to the said representatives. The decision of purchaser in this respect will however be final and binding on the contractors. b) All works under or in execution or executed in pursuance of this contract sale at all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the purchaser and their authorized representatives and agent. A site order book will be maintained by the purchaser’s site engineer at site and all instruction regarding defective works, deviations etc. will, if necessary, be recorded in such side order book and the contractors authorized site representative must sign in the site order book at the appropriate place provided for such purpose in taken of noting such instructions. 9.4 Safety Measures: 9.4.1 Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works which cannot be safely done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra labour shall be engaged holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and shall be given an inclination not stepper than one-fourth to one (one-fourth horizontal and vertical). 9.4.2 Scaffolding or staging more than 300 mm above the ground level of floor, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected in stationary support shall have a guard rail property attached, bolted braced and otherwise secured at least 900 mm high above the floor or platform of such scrap holding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of the materials. Such scrap holding or staging shall be show hastened to prevent it from sawing from the building or structure. 218 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 9.4.3 9.5 Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipments. UTILITIES AVAILABLE Electrical power at 415 V AC +10% 3-phase, 4-wire 50 Hz +5% and 240V single phase shall be made available at one (1) point and two (2) points respectively as stated elsewhere. Any other voltage, if required for the system shall have to be arranged by the Contractor. 9.6 9.6.1 PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTEE TEST The performance and guarantee test shall be conducted in accordance with the condition specified and as per relevant codes/standards. The parameters guaranteed by the Bidder shall have no tolerance values, except as permitted by Standards/Codes. The following tests shall be carried out by the bidder as a minimum requirement. 9.6.2 Start-up Test On completion of erection of the equipment/items of the fire protection system and before start up, each equipment/item of the system shall be cleaned and then inspected jointly by the Purchaser/Consultant and the Contractor for correctness and completeness of installation and acceptability for start-up, leading to initial pre commissioning tests at site. The list of pre commissioning tests to be performed shall be as explained in the Technical Specification & mutually agreed and included in the Contractor's quality assurance programmed. The Contractor's commissioning / start-up engineering shall be responsible for carrying out all the pre commissioning tests and ensure that all equipment are placed on initial operation during which period all the equipment shall be operated integrally with the sub-systems. 9.6.3 Site Performance Test (Field Performance Test) The fire Protection systems, shall be tested at site. During the performance test, various tests shall be conducted but not limited to the following: i) The automatic operation of fire protection system shall be arranged by the contractor by the use of testing facilities provided in the system. The detection system shall be actuated by simulating the fire condition. During the above tests, the automatic operation of the fire protection system shall be to the satisfaction of the Purchaser/Consultant. ii) While conducting the above tests, operation of all instruments, controls and interlocks shall be demonstrated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of Purchaser/Consultant. 219 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm iii) All piping and valves, after installation shall be tested hydraulically at a pressure 1.5 times of the maximum shut off head of pump to check against leak tightness. iv) All Gate valves shall be operated throughout 100% opening & closing and these shall function without any trouble. v) Painting shall be checked by dry type thickness gauge. vi) Visual check on all structural components welding, painting etc. shall be carried out and if doubt arises these shall be tested again. vii) The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments. viii) All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable standards/codes. ix) After erection at site, the complete hydrant, system shall be subjected to tests to show satisfactory performance in line with requirements of TAC/WBFS/NFPA. 9.6.4 TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED DURING INSTALLATION In addition to the testing procedure as stipulated in this specification following test to be conducted by contractor. a) Radiography test to be conducted for 10% of total welded joints. b) Wrapping & Coating to be tested using Holidays detector as specified in the specification. c) All underground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two (2) hours keeping trench as far as possible in open condition. d) All over ground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two (2) hours. 9.6.5 TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION a) Network shall be pressurized and sequence of operation of pumps as per operation philosophy to be conducted through test line. b) All cables shall be Meggered and tested for continuity. c) All annunciations in the panel to be achieved by actual operation. d) All test as described in the specification to be carried out. e) Any other tests required by purchaser/West Bengal Fire Services. f) All the tests mentioned above shall be carried out in accordance with Instruction and Operation manuals of the system. 220 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm g) All the instruments, test hardware’s, tools and tackles, consumables required for performance tests of the equipment of the system etc. shall be arranged by the Contractor. 9.6.6 Pre-commissioning Tests and Final Acceptance a) After the work provided above has been completed in all respects and the start-up, trial operation and site performance tests are successfully conducted and before the works are accepted by the Purchaser, the system/subsystems shall be operated for a period of 30 days (i.e. 30 x 24 hours). During this period, the system/ subsystems shall be operated intermittently depending upon the requirements of the complex. The contractor shall establish the performance of the system/ subsystems to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. b) On satisfactory completion of 30 days operation as above the Purchaser shall issue to the Contractor a taking over certificate, as a proof of final acceptance of the system subject to fulfillment of other responsibilities by the Contractor as specified elsewhere in the tender document. Such certificate shall be issued within 30 days after satisfactory completion of the above tests final acceptance run. Such certificate shall, however, not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations which, otherwise, is stipulated by the terms and conditions governing the contract. 9.6.7 Rejection The Purchaser will reject any equipment if, during tests, or service, any of the following conditions arise when the provisions under the relevant clause of the general conditions of contract shall immediately become applicable. a) Equipment including its components is proved to have been manufactured not in accordance with the agreed specifications. b) Equipment fails on any test indicated in the Technical Specification. 9.7 QUALITY CONTROL AND SURVEILLANCE 9.7.1 The system/equipment to be supplied under this specification shall have assured quality and workmanship. The Bidder in his proposal shall submit his Quality Assurance Plan containing quality assurance programme and quality assurance documents for Purchaser's approval. The Contractor shall be bound to conduct all stage inspections on various equipment/material during manufacturing process in accordance with the approved copy of this document. Purchaser shall have the right to carryout Quality Audit and Quality Surveillance by witnessing any or all such tests to be carried out at Contractor's/ Subcontractor's work as and when desired. The procedure applicable to Contractor's 221 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm works shall also apply to the works of the Subcontractor's. For items coming under the purview of any Indian Statutory Regulation during the Course of manufacture, all stage inspections and tests shall be witnessed by an inspecting authority recognised under the statutory regulation. A list of all sub-vendors is to be forwarded to the Purchaser's for approval prior to the placement of subcontract. All unpriced copies of purchase orders of all major bought out items giving technical details shall be sent to Purchaser for approval prior to the placement of orders on sub-vendors. These audit/surveillance/approvals shall however, do not relieve the manufacturer/sub-vendors of their responsibility of the Quality Assurance of their product and overall guarantee and responsibility shall wholly be confined on the contractor. 9.7.2 Tests/inspections shall be carried out during and after the completion of manufacture of different components and assembly as applicable in accordance with relevant codes and standards. Test Certificates for all such tests/inspections shall be made available to the Purchaser for approval. 9.7.3 Purchaser or his authorised representative shall have his full access to witness any or all tests/inspections to be carried out at manufacturer's shop. In case, the job is subcontracted, it will be Contractor's responsibility to make all arrangement so that Purchaser or his authorised representative can attend such tests at Subcontractor's premises. 9.7.4 Bidder shall also refer the relevant clauses on inspection and testing in the various sub-sections enclosed with this specification. 9.7.5 After installation, the equipment/system shall be tested and commissioned at site to Purchaser's full satisfaction. 9.8 SPARES 9.8.1 Recommended Spares a) The supply of spare parts as necessary and recommended by the respective manufacturers for three (3) years of reliable operation and maintenance of all equipment for the Building shall be under the scope of this Bid Document. b) List of such spares indicating their prices shall be supplied in the form of the enclosed form along with the unit price. Order for the same may be placed simultaneously or otherwise at the option of the Purchaser. 9.8.2 Erection and Commissioning Spares a) Spares which may be required during tests, trial run and commissioning shall be arranged separately, cost of which shall be included in quoted price. 222 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b) List of such spares indicating their prices shall be supplied in the form of the enclosed format (Annexure-IVA) attached with this specification. c) Spares which will be used for this purpose shall be replaced by the Contractor within a reasonable period of time. 9.8.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENT OF SPARES a) All spares required for operation/maintenance by Purchaser shall be delivered in unused new condition. b) Spares shall be interchangeable with the parts for which they are intended for replacement. c) Bidder shall indicate the service expectancy period for spares under normal operating conditions after which replacement will be necessary. d) 9.9 Spares shall be properly packed for long storage under prevailing site condition. TOOLS & TACKLE The Bidder in his proposal will indicate a list of special tools and tackle which may be required for maintenance, overhaul and replacement of various equipment/ component to be supplied under this contract. Order for the tools and tackle may be placed simultaneously or otherwise at the option of the Purchaser. 223 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 10.01 GENERAL This section covers the requirements of the Fire Detection and Alarm System, including the various components and accessories, which constitute the system. 10.01.1 All equipment and components shall be new, and shall be the manufacturer’s current model. All materials, appliances, equipment, and devices shall have to be listed and tested by recognized approval agency (UL or equivalent) for use as part of a protected premise protective signaling (fire alarm) system. The authorised representative if manufacturer of the major equipment, such as control panels, shall be responsible for the satisfactory installation of complete system. 10.01.2 All equipment and components shall be installed in strict compliance with each manufacturer’s recommendations. 10.01.3 All equipment shall be attached to walls and ceiling / Floor assemblies and shall be held firmly in place (e.g. solely suspended ceilings shall not support detectors). Fasteners and supports shall be adequate to support the required load. 10.01.4 The fire alarm system shall comply with requirements of IS-2189 / NFPA standard No. 72 for protected premises signalling systems as modified and supplemented by this specification. The system shall be electrically supervised and monitor the integrity of all conductors. 10.01.5 The system shall be an active/interrogative type system where each transponder is respectively scanned. The scan shall cause the transmission of a signal to the main Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), indicating that the transponder and its associated initiating device and notification appliance circuit wiring is functional. Loss of such a signal at the main FACP shall result in a trouble indication as specified hereinafter for the particular input. 10.02.0 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 10.02.01 The main FACP central console shall contain a microprocessor based Central Processing Unit (CPU) with its own micro-controller etc. The FACP shall communicate with and control the following types of equipment used to make up the system: intelligent detectors, addressable/intelligent modules, transponders, local and remote operator terminals, printer’s annunciators, emergency voice communication systems, talk back system and other system controlled devices. 224 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 10.02.02 The main FACP/Central Console shall perform the following functions: a) Supervise and monitor all addressable detectors and addressable modules connected to the system for normal, trouble, and alarm conditions, b) Supervise all initiating, signaling, and notification appliance c) Detect the activation of any initiating device and the location of the alarm condition. Operate all notification appliances and auxiliary devices as programmed. d) Visually and audibly annunciate any trouble, supervisory, or alarm condition on operator’s terminal, panel display, and annunciators. 10.02.03 SYSTEM CAPACITY AND GENERAL OPERATION: 1. The control panel shall provide, or be capable of expansion to maximum No. of Signaling Line Circuits 2. The FACP shall be a standalone unit that shall function independent of all other devices/ controls that it may be communicating with. All various field installed addressable devices shall be wired in loops to the respective loop interface cards. 3. The FACP should be modular in structure and various functional cards like loop card control card, communication card, power supply unit, display unit etc. should be of plug in nature for easy maintenance and replacement. And thus the capacity expansion by way of adding more loops is also easy which is achieved by just plugging in more loop cards. 4. The FACP shall have the facility to process all the output signals received and also have the facility to control all the output signals connected to various devices in the field through any of the loop interface modules/cards. 5. The FACP shall be able to connect to intelligent or analogue addressable devices via its loop interface cards. FACP shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72 Signaling Line Circuit Styles as described below. a) Two wire loops of addressable analogue fire/smoke sensing signaling, and monitoring devices. b) Loop cards, which connect to 3 or more loops per card, are not acceptable for ensuring better reliability of the system. 6. It shall be possible to connect conventional type fire detectors to the FACP by use of suitable interface cards. It shall also be possible to connect conventional/ other alarm initiating devices such as manual call points, flow switches, pressure switches, etc. to the FACP by use of suitable interface cards. 225 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 7. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall include a full-featured operator interface control and annunciation panel, which shall include a backlit liquid crystal display, individual color-coded system status LEDs, and an alphanumeric keypad for field programming and control of the Fire Alarm System. 8. The FACP shall have a modular architecture using different functional interface cards/ modules for interfacing of loop and other field devices. Failure of one interface card shall not affect the functioning for other interface cards. 9. It shall be possible to connect the following devices to the FACP through the loops. a. Analogue addressable/ intelligent smoke sensors and thermal sensors in the loops located where shown (as per layout plans) shall report sensed levels in analogue form to the FACP. Addressable Monitor modules in the loops shall be provided where shown (As per layout plans) to monitor pull station, flow switches, and other contact input devices shown. b. Fault Isolator modules in the loop shall be provided where shown (as per layout plans) to detect a fault/ short circuit in the loop wiring and to subsequently isolate the faulty circuit thereby ensuring healthiness & total functionality of non-isolated part of the loop. 10. Each detector, monitor module and control module that is connected on the loop shall be identified by a unique address that shall be assigned to each device. This address shall indicate the individual device address as well as the address of the loop to which it is connected. 11. It shall be possible to create zones or logical groups in a FACP. Each zone may contain number of (group) physical devices and each of these zones shall be individually addressable. 12. It shall be possible to program the FACP as per custom job requirements without any hardware modifications in the FACP. It shall be possible to program any signaling / control /output to be activated based a change-of-state of any point or any zone in the FACP. 13. It shall be possible to program any signaling / control /output to be activated based on any change of state on any point or zone in the FACP. i.e. the changed states may be trouble, warning or Alarm states. 14. It shall be possible to provide an activation delay (programmable from 6 to 180 sec) for each input device in the FACP. The respective device shall report a change of state only after the device shall report a change of state only after the device has remained in the changed state for an amount of time that exceeds the activation delay time. 226 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 15. It shall be possible to provide an activation delay (programmable from 6 to 180 sec) for each output device in FACP. It shall be possible to automatically deactivate the outputs after the outputs have remained activated for an amount of time that exceeds the cut out time. 16. The FACP shall process all analogue values for dual level alarm limits. Limits and sensor values shall be displayable, modifiable, and reportable in decimal values. If sensor value transitions form a normal level to a warning level over an extended time period (beyond Two hours), the sector shall report a “trouble” condition, including the analogue value in the FACP. If a sensor value transitions from a normal level to a warning level over a time period of less than two hours, 17. A Warning/pre-alarm message, including the analogue value shall report in the FACP. 18. Anytime any sensor transitions beyond the second and higher limit value, an alarm initiation and the FACP shall issue report. 19. Each sensor shall have FACP resident and unique, warning and alarm limits which shall be displayable and on-line adjustable. 20. In case any sensor is removed form its base, a trouble will be generated in the FACP indicating the address of the point in trouble. 21. In case of a mismatch between the installed sensor type for a particular address and the programmed type for that address, a trouble alarm shall be generated for that point. 22. In addition to the Trouble, Warning and Alarm levels of each intelligent/addressable device, in two alarm 23. Groups to help operators differentiate between detectors and supervised alarm inputs. It shall be possible. 24. To assign any point to any group. In case of an alarm, the FACP should also indicate the Alarm group that represents the alarm point 25. The FACP shall automatically and periodically (at least once every 24 hours) compare each sensor’s operating Characteristic with the set sensitivity and re-calibrate the dual alarm limits if necessary. 26. All programming or editing of the existing program in the system shall be achieved without any addon equipment other than the panel. 27. For ease of operation, operator toggle switches for the following minimum functions shall be provided directly on the FACP without having the operator to use the operator keypad : a) Acknowledge Alarm b) Reset FSP 227 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) Silence Alarm d) Scroll switches to view multiple alarm address. On toggling of this switch, the seven segment display shall show the respective alarm while the respective LED’s shall be lit showing the condition (Trouble, Warning Or Alarm) to enable operator to capture the alarm address and alarm type at a glance. 28. The FACP shall be equipped with an LED test and audible sounder test facility. Activation of this test shall test (light up) all LED’s and activate the sounder for as long as the test switch is held in trouble condition. 29. The FACP shall be equipped with built in emergency toggle switch that shall be used in case of emergencies to generate a manual evacuation signal. Toggling of this switch shall activate all programmed signaling/ Indicating outputs in all the loops of the FACP. 30. The FACP shall have a built in operators display unit with integral operators keypad and a strip printer. The display shall be a back-lit LCD type that shall display clear text as well as numeric and shall have a minimum of 2 lines and 40 characters-per-line. 31. The FACP shall allow an operator with the appropriate privilege to directly set smoke sensor sensitivity in units of percent per meter obscuration, within pre-defined limits. 32. The display unit shall continuously display date & time and a ‘System Normal’ message when no alarms are present in system. 33. On a change of state of the devices, the back-lighting shall turn on and the display shall show the device address, its condition (e.g. warning, alarm trouble), date & time of the state change, the point descriptor and an operator action message. 34. The point descriptors and the action messages shall be programmable as per custom requirement; 35. If the display window is inactive for a specific length of time (e.g. 5 minutes) the back-lighting shall automatically turn off. 36. It shall be possible to assign at least 2 levels of passwords for granting different access levels to operators. 37. It shall be possible for operators (with authorized passwords) to:
Enable/disable and Isolate devices
Initiate (command) devices.
Display desired device status,
Test the FACP (run self diagnostic) 228 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm
Modify analog warning & alarm limits
Modify Action messages, device descriptors
Add, modify or delete privileged operators
Add, delete devices in the system
Change type of detector
Enable/Disable alarm verification for individual
It shall be possible to carry out all above operations without having to power off the FACP or make any hardware changes.
The operators display unit on the FACP shall allow operators with (authorised password) to generate and print out the following types of reports: a) Alarm Summary: Report on all points in alarm condition b) All Devices’ status: Report on all points that are in trouble condition c) Disabled Devices: Report on all points that are disabled d) Trouble Summary: Report on all points that are in trouble condition e) Detector Sensitivity: Report on Analog sensitivity values for the detectors f) History Log: Report on all change-of-state history events and operator actions history in chronological order g) Logical Groups (Zones): Report on all related zones including list of physical points in each zone. h) Isolated device summary: Report on all points that are isolated form the FACP i) Device Trend: Trend report on sampled values recorded with date & time stamp at each sample. 38. The FACP shall have integral capability to be connected and to communicate with a higher order PC based Central Station without any additional hardware requirements in the FACP. 39. The system shall include emergency voice communications utilizing distributed amplification and intelligence such that loss of operation by the main FACP will not result in the loss of evacuation signal throughout the building. 40. The FACP shall provide the following features:
Control-By-Time
Day / Night Sensitivity
Periodic Detector Test 229 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm
Drift Compensation
Trouble Reminder
Verification Counters
System Status Reports
Walk Test
Security Monitor Points
Maintenance Alert
Minimum 3 levels of Pre-alarm warning
Alarm Verification
System Configuration Report
Printer Interface
System Point Report
Minimum 400 Event Historical Log
Programmable Automatic Timed and Manual Signal Silence
Programmable Manual Signal
Silence Inhibit Timer
PEER-TO-PEER communication with similar panel. 10.02.04 CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT 1. The Central Processing Unit shall communicate with, monitor, and control all other modules within the control panel. Removal, disconnection, or failure of any control panel module shall be detected and reported to the system display by the Central Processing Unit. 2. The Central Processing Unit shall contain and execute all control-by-event programs for specific action to be taken if an alarm condition is detected by the system. Such control-by-event programs shall be held in non-volatile, programmable memory, and shall not be lost even if system primary and secondary power failure occurs. Adequate password protection should be there for accessing the program in the non-volatile memory. 3. The Central Processing Unit shall also provide a real-time clock for time annotation of all system displays. Real time clock shall be provided not only for time stamping of alarm/ trouble events but also to trigger any Pre-defined ‘Control by time’ logic. The time-of-day and date shall not be lost if system primary and secondary power supplies fail. 230 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 4. Integral battery backup for program data retention for at least five years without external power source. 10.02.05 DISPLAY 1. The system display shall provide all the controls and indicators used by the system operator and may also be used to program all system operational parameters. 2. The display assembly shall contain, and display as required, custom alphanumeric label for all intelligent detectors, intelligent/addressable modules and software zones. 3. The system display shall provide minimum 640 character back-lit alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). It shall also provide five Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s), which will indicate the status of the following system parameters:
Mains Power off.
Low Battery
Ground Fault
Trouble in System
Warning (Pre Alarm)
Alarm in System 4. The System display shall provide a 25-key touch keypad with control capability to command all system functions, entry of any alphabetic or numeric information and field programming. Two different password levels will be accessible through the Display Interface Assembly to prevent unauthorized System control or programming. 5. The system display shall include the following operator control switches: Signal, Silence, Lamp Test, Reset, System Test and Acknowledge. 10.02.06 LOOP INTERFACE BOARD 1. Loop Interface Boards shall be provided to monitor and control each of the signaling line circuit (SLC) in the system. The Loop Interface Board shall contain its own microprocessor and shall be capable of operating in Local mode in the case of a failure in the main CPU of the Control Panel. In Local mode, the Loop Interface Board shall detect alarms and activate output devices on its own SLC. 2. The Loop Interface Board shall not require any jumper cuts or address switch settings to initialise SLC operations. 231 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 3. The loop Interface Board shall provide power to and communicate with all of the analog intelligent / addressable detectors and intelligent/addressable modules connected to its SLC over a single pair of wires. 4. The Loop Interface Board shall receive analogue information from all intelligent/addressable analogue Detectors and shall process this information to determine whether normal, alarm, or trouble conditions exist for that particular detector. The Loop Interface Board software shall include software to automatically adjust and compensate for dust accumulation to maintain detector performance as it is affected by environmental factors. The analogue information may also be used for automatic detector testing and for the automatic determination of detector maintenance requirements. 5. The Loop Interface Board shall communicate with each analogue/addressable detectors and addressable module on its SLC and verify proper device function and status. Communication with maximum number of intelligent devices shall be performed every 6 seconds or less. Average time to detect an alarm shall be 3 seconds (longer for detectors utilizing alarm verification). 10.02.07 SERIAL INTERFACE BOARD 1. The Serial Interface Boards shall be providing the RS-232 interface between the Fire Alarm Control Panel and approved / Listed Electronic Data Processing (EDP) Peripherals. 2. The Serial Interface Board shall allow the use of multiple printers, CRT monitors, and other peripherals connected to the RS-232 ports. 3. The Serial Interface Board shall provide one RS-485 port for the serial connection of the optional Annunciator and Control Sub-system components. 4. The Serial Interface Board shall have LED’s, which will show that it is in regular communication with Annunciators or other RS-485 connected peripheral devices. 5. All RS-232 circuits shall be optionally isolated and power limited. 6. Modifications to the fire alarm panel should consist of at a minimum: day/night adjustments, default sensitivity and verify. 10.02.08 ENCLOSURES 1. The control panel shall be housed in Listed & approved cabinets suitable for surface or semi-flush mounting. Cabinets shall be corrosion protected, given a rust-resistant prime coat, and manufacturer’s standard finish. 232 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2. The door shall provide a key lock and shall include a glass or other transparent opening for viewing of all indicators. For convenience, the door may be either hinged on the right or left hand side. 3. The control unit shall be modular in structure for ease of installation, maintenance and future expansion. 4. The FACP and CPU shall be modular in construction to allow ease of servicing. The CPU and transponders shall be capable of being programmed on site without requiring the use of any external programming equipment. In addition, they shall have capability of connecting to a PC that can be used for off-site programming, downloaded to the FACP and upload the system point program to the PC archiving. Systems that essentially require use of external programmers or changes of EPROMs are not acceptable. 5. The CPU and associated equipment are to be protected so that voltage surges or line transients including RFI and EMI will not affect them. 6. Each transponder and peripheral device connected to the CPU shall be continuously scanned for proper operation. Data transmissions between the C P U, transponders, and peripheral devices shall be reliable and error free. The transmission scheme used should employ dual transmission or other equivalent error checking techniques. Failure of any transponder or peripheral device to respond to an interrogation shall be annunciated as a trouble condition. 10.02.09 POWER SUPPLY 1. The main power supply shall operate on 220 volt AC, 50 Hz, and shall provide all necessary power for the FACP. 2. It shall be expendable for additional notification appliance power in minimum ampere increments. All power applied to notification appliances through the power supply unit should be regulated 24 V DC. 3. It shall provide a battery charger for 48 hours of stand-by using dual-rate charging techniques for fast battery recharge. 4. It shall provide a very low frequency sweep earth detect circuit, capable of detecting earth faults on sensitive addressable modules. 5. It shall be power-limited using Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistors. It shall provide meters to indicate battery voltage and charging current. 233 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 10.03.01 System Circuit Supervision 1. The FACP shall supervise all circuits to intelligent devices, transponders, annunciators and peripheral equipment and annunciators and peripheral equipment and annunciate loss of communications with these devices. The CPU shall continuously scan above devices for proper system operation and upon loss of response from a device are not responding and print the information on the printer. 2. Transponders that lose communication with the CPU shall sound an audible trouble and light an LED indicating loss of communications. 10.03.02 FIELD WIRING TERMINAL BLOCKS: For ease of service, all wiring terminal blocks shall be the plug-in type and have sufficient capacity or 18 to 12 AWG wire. Fixed terminal blocks are not acceptable. 10.03.03 Audio Message Generator (Pre-recorded Voice) 1. Activation of any alarm-initiating device shall cause a pre-recorded message to sound over the speakers. The tone/message shall be repeated four times. 2. Each initiating zone or intelligent device shall interface with an emergency voice communication system capable of transmitting a pre-recorded voice message and/or programmable tone/message sequence to all speakers in the 3. A build-in microphone shall be provided to allow paging through speaker circuits. 4. The message generator shall provide a system paging capability form telephone circuits. 5. The Audio message Generator shall have the following controls and indicators to allow for proper operator understanding and control:  All-Call LED  On-line LED  All-Call Switch  Local Speaker Volume Control  Local (Test) Speaker 6. The Audio Message Generator shall monitor the digitised tone/message generators as well as the integral microphone and will generate a 200 Hz default tone if the generators or microphone become disable for any reason. 234 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 10.03.04 VIDEO DISPLAY TERMINAL 1. The video display/ reporting terminal shall be a desktop computer with text and graphics display having the capability to show all events and points. In case the system requires more that one FAP the terminal should be capable of displaying the above for all networked FACP. 2. In addition the reporting terminal software should have the following features. a) The operating system for computer should be Win XP/ Windows NT. b) On-line view of all network point, if required c) Off-line generation of panel database. d) Login/Logout/Change password. e) Multiple Operator Passwords. f) Building Graphics Window. g) Graphic History Window. h) Programmable alarm and trouble toner (variable frequency). i) Context sensitive Help Window. 3. A detachable keyboard shall be provided which may be used for programming, testing, and control of the system. Individual keys shall be provided on the keyboard for the Acknowledge, Reset, Lamp Test, System Test and Signal Silence functions of the Control Panel. 4. The video display terminal shall include a count of all alarms and troubles in the system as well as a count of all alarms and troubles requiring acknowledgement. These counts shall be continuously displayed during all FACP operations. 5. The system core computer shall comprise of the following minimum hardware. :  A Pentium IV or greater.  A Super VGA graphics card capable of 1024 X 768 pixel resolution and 65K colours (i.e.2 MB video memory)  A minimum of 2 GB of RAM or higher  A 12 function-keyboard  Mouse pointing device  A 250 GB Hard disk drive  One 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive 235 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm  A super VGA monitor capable of non-interlaced operation at 1024 X 768 pixel resolution (70 Hz or better vertical refresh rate)  A 20 X DVD RW drive  A tape backup unit  An 8-Line serial communications adapter  An Adapter for Ethernet Networking compatible with TCP/IP network protocols  If equivalent hardware is proposed then the supplier must be able to demonstrate compatibility of software as described in Section elsewhere. 10.03.05 SPECIFIC SYSTEM OPERATIONS 1. Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: Means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any or all analog intelligent smoke detectors in the system from the System keypad or from the keyboard of the video terminal. 2. Alarm Verification: Each of the intelligent/addressable smoke detectors in the system may be independently selected and enabled to be an alarm verified detector. The FACP shall keep a count of the number of times each detector has entered the verification cycle. These counters may be displayed and reset by the proper operator commands. 3. System Point Operations: Any device in the system may be enabled or disabled through the System keypad or video terminal. 4. Any system output point may be turned on or off, from the system keypad or the video terminal. 5. Point Status: The system shall be able to display the following point status diagnostic functions without the need peripheral equipment. Each point will be annunciated for the parameters listed • Device Status • Device Type • Custom Device Label • Device Zone Assignments 6. System Status Reports: Upon command from a password-authorised operator of the system, a status report will be generated and printed, listing all system status. 7. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall automatically interrogate each system detector and shall analyse the detector responses over a period. 236 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm DETECTORS, DEVICES & ACCESSORIES. 11.01 CODES AND STANDARD The design, supply, construction, manufacture, testing performance, installation etc. of the various components of the fire detection and alarm system shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. Nothing in this specification shall be constructed to relieve the contractor of this responsibility. Unless otherwise specified, the fire detection and alarm system and components shall conform to the latest applicable standards. Equipment conforming to other recognized international standards will not be considered, All detectors offered shall be approved by any of the following bodies, as applicable: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – USA Approval certificates shall be furnished with the bid. 11.01.02 COMPONENTS OF THE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM The components which generally consist of the fire detection and alarm system are listed below: 11.01.03 ♠ Analogue Addressable Manual call Station. ♠ Analogue Addressable Multi-criteria Detectors. ♠ Analogue Addressable Optical smoke Detectors. ♠ Analogue Addressable Rate of Rise cum fixed temperature Heat detectors ♠ Analogue Addressable Beam Detector. ♠ Response Indicator. ♠ Sounders and Strobe Light ♠ Analogue Addressable Interface unit ♠ Analogue Addressable Interface Control unit ♠ Analogue Addressable Fault Isolator Module, ♠ LCD Alphanumeric Display Annunciator ♠ Associated Cabling & Accessories. GENERAL SYSTEM / COMPONENT REQUIRMENTS a. The equipment and system shall be designed for maximum reliability and availability and shall be of proven design, using material with well-established physical and chemical properties and as appropriate to the service intended. 237 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm b. Monitoring circuits shall be provided to check the proper functioning of all components, system / sub systems. c. Components used shall be provided with adequate design margins to ensure higher availability of the system. d. All components shall be suitable for installation and shall perform satisfactorily under the environmental conditions specified in the specification. e. The components / system shall be suitable for satisfactory operation even when the power supply voltage falls to 70% of the rated voltage. f. The bidder shall guarantee that the components equipment shall be free from mal-operation due to vibration mechanical shocks, electrical noise and existing environmental condition like air currents, etc. where the equipment is installed. g. All detectors and associated annunciation systems shall be tested at site with simulated fire conditions, which would represent the actual operating conditions. h. Detailed catalogues/literature, description and internal circuitry for all components of the fire alarm system shall be enclosed with the bid. 11.01.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE DETECTORS a) The prime function of a fire detector shall be to detect any fire in the early stages by sensing one of its emission characteristics like pressure of smoke and invisible products, heat i.e. temperature, both in terms of an absolute value as well as rate of rise and radiation in the infra-red and ultra violet regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. b) The detectors shall be located and mounted in such a way that their performance is in no way affected. Special maintenance procedures, if any, required for the satisfactory operation of the detector shall be clearly stated in the bid. c) All detectors offered shall be marked of the resettable type, i.e. suitable for operating afresh after each actuation on alarm without any replacement or adjustment. d) All detectors shall be marked with code number on a clearly visible part of identification purpose. Each and every detector shall be provided with a response indicator, which will light up steadily when the detector senses a fire and operates. Under normal conditions, the response indicator shall flash intermittently to indicate the healthy condition of the detector and sensing circuits. The visual indication under normal and fault conditions shall be visible from a distance of at least 6 meters. In case where detectors are mounted above the false ceiling, a separate response indicator shall be 238 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm provided with all accessories for mounting on the visible surface of the false ceiling, just below the corresponding detector. For detectors mounted below false flooring, the response indicators shall be mounted on a separate panel located in the room. e) The necessary mounting and cabling accessories shall be supplied with the detector. f) Every detector shall be provided with the following accessories: ♠ A junction box on which the detector base shall be mounted and having the necessary number of terminals of adequate rating for connecting the incoming and outgoing cable. The junction box shall have an earthling stud, which shall be connected to the station earth. ♠ Two-compression type, brass cable glands mounted on the junction box for terminating the incoming and outgoing cables. ♠ Every detector shall be provided with a label having a tag number for easy identification. The tag numbering system shall be indicated to the contractor during detailed engineering. ♠ All relevant tests as per applicable standards shall be carried out on detectors at the manufacturers works. Test reports for the same shall be furnished. 11.01.05 ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE OPTICAL TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS a) Smoke detectors shall be addressable devices and shall connect with two wires to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel Signaling line circuits. b) The detectors use the photo electric (light-scattering) principle to measure smoke density and shall on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analogue level of smoke density. c) The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base. d) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself by activating a magnetic switch or may be initiated remotely by a command from the control panel. e) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detectors head using rotary decimal switches. They shall also store an internal identifying code, which the control panel shall use to identify the type of detector. f) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs; Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the detector is operational and in regular communication with the control panel. . Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, Signature of the tenderer 239 Under the seal of the firm indicating that an alarm condition has been detected. If required, the flashing mode operation of the detector LEDs shall be controlled through the system field program. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. g) The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be adjustable in the field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-ofday basis may automatically adjust sensitivity. h) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and other slow environmental charges, which may affect their performance. i) The detectors shall be listed by UL / FM as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements of NFPA standard 72. 11.01.06 ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE MULTI-CRITERIA TYPE DETECTORS a) Multi criteria detectors shall be addressable and shall connect with two wires to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel Signaling Line Circuits. b) The detectors shall use the photo electric (light-scattering) principle to measure smoke density and a thermistor temperature sensor (to measure thermal conditions caused by a fire) whose outputs are combined to give the final analogue value, and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analogue level of products of combustion. c) The signal from optical smoke sensing element and from temperature sensor shall be independent. d) The detector shall represent the smoke level and the air temperature in the vicinity of detector. e) Detectors shall be capable of generating an alarm signal in the event of loss of the communication protocol (but not loss of power). and will be generated continuously for the duration of the alarm condition. f) The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base. g) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself by activating a magnetic switch or may be initiated remotely by a command from the control panel. h) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detectors head using rotary decimal switches. They shall also store an internal identifying code, which the control panel shall use to identify the type of detector. i) Because of dust accumulation or other environmental contamination in the detector chamber may cause a variation in the analogue output from the detector. The detector shall apply compensation to this variation, and will record the level of compensation in non-volatile memory. When drift compensation reaches a preset 240 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm level, the detector will set the drift compensation flag, which the FACP will identify and initiate a visible signal to indicate that the detector is in need of service. The FACP shall, when one-detector signals a high drift level, be capable of checking the non-volatile memory of other detectors to see if they are nearing a state where service is required. j) Smoke entry points shall be protected against ingress of dust and insects by corrosion resistant gauze. k) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs, Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions. In certain applications, LEDs may be selected to poll without flashing through system programming. Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has been detected. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. l) The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be adjustable in the field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-of-day basis may automatically adjust sensitivity. m) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and other slow environmental changes, which may affect their performance. n) The detectors shall be listed by UL / FM as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements of NFPA standard 72. 11.01.07 RATE OF RISE CUM FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR a) Thermal detectors shall be addressable devices, and shall connect with two wires to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel. b) The detectors shall use an electronic detector to measure thermal conditions caused by a fire and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analogue level of such thermal measurements. c) The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base. d) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate are alarm condition and report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself, by activating a magnetic switch, or initiated remotely on command from the control panel. e) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detector head using rotary decimal switches. f) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs, Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions. In certain applications lEDs may be selected to be polled without flashing through system programming. Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has 241 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm been detected. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED. g) The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be adjustable in the field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-of-day basis may automatically adjust sensitivity. h) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and other slow environmental charges, which may affect their performance. 11.01.08 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL CALL POINTS a) Addressable manual stations shall be provided to connect to the Fire Alarm Control Panel signalling Line circuit (SLC) b) The manual station shall on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual fire alarm stations shall be used a key operated test-rest lock, and shall be designed so that after actual Emergency operation, they cannot be restored normal use except by the use of a key. c) All operated stations shall have a positive visual indication that can not be reset without the use of a key. d) Manual stations shall be constructed of high impact LEXAN with clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover. The word Fire shall appear on the front of the station in raised letters. e) Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi-flush mounting and shall be installed not less than 1.2 M, or more than 1.3 M above the finished floor unless otherwise specified by applicable factory codes. f) The manual station shall provide address-setting means using rotary decimal witches. Because of the possibility of installation error. Systems, which use binary jumpers or dip switches to set the detector address, are not acceptable. g) The Manual Call points (MCP) shall have a minimum of 2 diagnostic LEDs mounted on their integral, factory assembled single or two stage input module. A green LED shall flash to confirm communication with the loop controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status. h) The Manual Call points (MCP) shall be capable of storing diagnostic codes which can be retrieved for troubleshooting assistance. Input circuit wiring shall be supervised for open and ground faults. The fire alarm pull station shall be suitable for operation in the following environment: i) 242 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm I. Temperature: 320 F to 1200 F (00 C to 490 C) II. Humidity: 0- 93% RH, non-condensing. III. The enclosure of the MCP will be dust, weather and vermin proof, having a degree of protection IP 54 in indoor areas and IP 65 in outdoor areas. IV. The MCP will be suitable for wall mounting. V. The complete unit will be painted fire red shade No. 536 as per IS- 5. The internal surface of the enclosure will be painted with semi-glossy white. j) Each MCP will be provided with the following accessories:  Identification plate, with a tag number. The tag number will be identical to that displayed on the fire alarm panel.  Compression type nickel plate brass cable glands on the external enclosure for the connecting cables. Suitable knockouts will be provided on both the top and bottom surfaces of the enclosure to facilitate either top or bottom entry of cables. The degree of protection will remain intact with knockouts in place. 11.02.01  Terminal blocks with the required number of terminals for connecting external cables.  Earthing studs (if the enclosure is metallic and the operating voltage is greater that 24 V) suitable for connecting to Purchaser’s earthing conductor. SOUNDERS AND STROBE LIGHTS SPEAKERS / SOUNDERS  Shall operate on 25 VRMS with field selectable output taps from 0.5 to 2.0 W.  Speakers in corridors and public spaces shall have their output tap set to produce a nominal sound output of 84 dba at 10 feet (3 m).  The final out put level to be decided based on noise level exists in particular area.  Frequency response shall be a minimum of 400 Hz to 4000 Hz. STROBE LIGHTS ♠ Shall operate on 24 V DC nominal. ♠ Shall meet the requirements of the following criteria : ♠ The maximum pulse duration shall be 2/10ths of one second. ♠ Unless otherwise specified in specification the intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela. 243 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm ♠ The out put setting shall be such that it can change by simply opening the device and sliding/rotating the switch to the desired setting. The unit which requires to remove for setting is not acceptable. The setting shall be remains visible through a small window on the device after the cover is closed. ♠ The flash rate shall be minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz. ♠ The appliance shall be placed 80 inches (2,030 mm) above the highest floor level within the space, or 6 inches (152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is the lower. 11.02.02 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE UNIT a) Addressable interface units shall be provided to connect one supervised IDC zone of conventional alarm initiating devices (any No. Dry contact device) to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel signaling Line Circuit (SLC). b) The addressable interface unit shall mount in small electrical box. c) The addressable interface unit shall provide address-setting means using decimal switches and shall also store an internal identifying code, which the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall use to identify the type of device. Modules, which use binary jumpers or DIP switches, are subject to installation errors and are not acceptable. LEDs shall be provided which shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the addressable interface unit is operational and in regular communication with the panel. d) For difficult to access areas, the interface unit shall be in a miniature package. 11.02.03 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE CONTROL UNIT (AICU) a) AICU shall be provided to supervise and control the operation of one conventional Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC). Speaker circuit, or telephone circuit. For auxiliary control functions, the AICU may be set to operate as a dry contact relay. b) The AICU shall mount in a standard electrical box, to a surface mounted back box, or directly in the Fire Alarm Control Panel. c) The NAC may be wired for style z or style Y NAC (up to 48 watts of Audio Speaker power) or as a Dry contact (Form C) Relay. The relay coil shall be magnetically latched to reduce wiring connection requirements, and to insure that 100% of all auxiliary relays or IACs may be energized at the same time on the same pair of wires. 11.02.04 FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE a) Isolator modules shall be provided to automatically isolate wire-to-wire short circuits on a SLC branch or loop. The isolator module shall limit the number of modules or detectors that may be 244 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault on the SLC. Atleast one isolator module shall be provided for each floor or protected zone of the building. b) If a wire-to-wire short occurs, the isolator module shall automatically open-circuit (disconnect) the SLC. When the short circuit condition is corrected the isolator module shall automatically reconnect the isolated of the SLC. c) The isolator module shall not require any address setting, and its operations shall be totally automatic. It shall not be necessary to replace or reset an isolator module after its operation. d) The isolator module shall mount in a standard electrical box, in a surface mounted backbox, or in the Fire Alarm Control Panel. It shall provide a single LED, which shall flash to indicate that the isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily to indicate that a short circuit condition has been detected and isolated. 11.02.05 BATTERIES AND CHARGER BATTERY a) Shall be two 12 volt, Lead acid maintenance free type. b) Battery shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm load for not less than Two hours plus 60 minutes of stand-by load/losses for 48 hours upon a normal AC power failure. c) The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required. Fluid level checks, refilling, spills and leakage shall not be required. BATTERY CHARGER a) Shall be completely automatic, with constant potential charger maintaining the battery fully charged under all service conditions. Charger shall operate from a 240-volt AC Hz source. b) Shall be rated for fully charging a completely discharged battery within 48 hours while simultaneously supplying any loads connected to the battery. c) Shall have protection to prevent discharge through the charger. d) Shall have protection for overloads and short circuits on both AC and DC sides. 245 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 11.02.06 BATTERY CALCULATION TO BE SUBMITTED AS PER PROFORMA ENCLOSED. BATTERY CALCULATION FORMAT NAME OF DEVICE MODEL QTY. PROPOSED NORMAL CURRENT ALARM TOTAL CURRENT CURRENT NORMAL ALARM FIRE ALARM PANEL MULTI SENSOR MANUAL CALL POINT FAULT ISOLATOR CM FOR HOOTER CM FOR STROBE CUM HOOTER CM FOR HOOTER CM FOR AHU TRIPPING OTHER DEVICE(SPECIFY NAME) TOTAL CURRENT BATTERY SIZE IN AH. BATTERY SELECTED 12.00.00 CONDUIT AND CABLE 12.01.00 CONDUIT 12.01.01 Conduit shall be in accordance with the IS: 9537 requirements. 12.01.02 All cabling shall be installed in conduit. Conduit fill shall not exceed 40 percent (40%) of interior cross sectional area where three or more cables are contained within a single conduit. 12.01.03 Cable must be separated from any open conductors of power, or Class I circuits, and shall not be placed in any conduit, junction box, or raceway containing these conductors. 12.01.04 Wiring for 24 volt control, alarm notification, emergency communication, and similar power-limited auxiliary functions may be run in the same conduit as initiating and signaling the line circuits. All circuits shall be provided with transient suppression devices and the system shall be designed to permit simultaneous operation of all circuits without interference or loss of signals. 12.01.05 Conduit shall not enter the Fire Alarm Control Panel, or any other remotely mounted Control Panel equipment or backboxes, except where conduit entry is specified by the FACP manufacturer. 246 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 12.01.06 Conduit shall be ¾ inch (19.1 mm) minimum. 12.01.07 Conduit shall be of heavy-duty, rigid steel; hot-dip galvanized cut square, reamed, threaded and screwed tight at all joints. 12.01.08 Conduit entrances to pull boxes and other switches shall have double lock nuts and insulating bushings. No running thread shall be used. 12.01.09 Flexible metallic conduit shall be used for connection to equipment, which is subject to vibration and also for connection to different switches. 12.02.00 CABLES 12.02.01 Cabling shall be in accordance with IS code of practice and as recommended by the PURCHASER. Number and size of conductors shall be as recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer but shall not be less than as mentioned below. 12.02.02 POWER SUPPLY TO FACP 1100 V. grade, 700C rating heavy duty power cables with standard copper conductor, extruded insulation, extruded PVC inner sheath, round steel wire armored, and extruded FRLS PVC overall sheath. Except LOOP CABLES, All power & control cable should be FRLS of minimum size 2.5 sq mm. 12.02.03 a) FIRE ALARM LOOP CABLES FIRE ALARM LOOP CABLES shall be minimum of 1.5 sq mm, 1 twisted pair, multi stranded, shielded, PVC insulated tinned copper conductor with drain wire, extruded PVC inner sheath, round steel wire armored, and extruded FRLS PVC overall sheath. Panel manufacturer shall recommend the size of conductor. b) GRADE: 1.1 kV, Make POLYCAB/ CCI / FINOLEX / LAPP. c) All wire and cable shall be listed and/or approved by a recognized testing agency for use with a protective signaling system. d) All cable should be armored, in case due to some practical site condition, armored cable cannot be used, in that case the unarmored cable should have proper insulation grade & FRLS and it should be laid through conduit. e) Wiring used for the multiplex signaling line circuit shall be twisted, shielded, and installed in conduit unless specifically accepted by the fire alarm equipment manufacturer. f) All field wiring shall be completely supervised for opens, shorts, and ground faults 247 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm g) Terminal Boxes, Junction Boxes, and Cabinets: All boxes and cabinets shall be listed for their intended purpose. However Junction Boxes for detector mounting should be MS construction, dust proof & powder coated paint. 12.02.04 FOLLOWING GUIDELINES SHOULD BE FOLLOWED STRICTLY BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER a) Tools, tackles, plants, consumables (nuts, bolts, cable ties, connector, ferrule etc.) will be arranged by contractor. b) Site clearance & shifting of scrap / removal of material will be arranged by contractor at his own cost. c) Repairing of civil construction if gets damaged during execution of job is to be repaired by contractor. d) The vendor will adhere to the working environment. e) Double earthing should be provided. f) Each cable should be properly tagged. g) Clearance between each power cable & control cable should be at least 200mm. h) There should not be new earthing pit; the control panel cabinet should be grounded securely to the existing earthing pit. i) Cable gland should be double compression type, Comet / Dowell make. j) All cables shall be laid on Cable Trays and there should be Separate GI cable tray for signal and power cable. k) All Tray Bends should have Proper Radius. Preferably 90 0. l) Any cabling either inside building or out side, found aesthetically awkward as per Engineer-in-charge, should be changed without any price implication. m) All cabling should be properly leveled, dressed, clamped & marked as directed by Engineer in Charge. n) Identification Mark to be provided for ALL EQUIPMENT / ACCESSORIES. o) Cable should be properly ferruled. p) Cable TAG should be provided. q) All EQUIPMENT / ACCESSORIES should be properly aligned. r) Surge Suppressor should be available in the panel. s) Knockout holes of any Junction Boxes / Cabinets / Panels etc should not be left open. The same should be properly sealed. t) There should be a aesthetically good looking INSTRUCTION BOARD for Fire Alarm System near Fire Alarm Panel. 248 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 12.03.00 G. I. CABLE TRAY: 12.03.01 Suitable G. I. Cable tray to be provided where ever required as per site condition. The cable tray should be as follows: a) Steel conforming to IS: 226 b) Galvanizing conforming to IS: 2629 c) Test certificates & ISI certificate to be submitted. The cable tray should be with all required accessories like  Coupler plates  Nuts & bolts and washer  Reducer  Covers  Hanger clamps  Wall bracket  Structural support from ground level wherever required as per opinion of purchaser / consultant.  Supports for cable tray should be as per table-3 enclosed here in after. To maintain proper earth continuity, painting on surfaces in contract between coupler plates and cable tray should be scrapped during installation. 12.03.02 TABLE-3: SCHEDULED OF PERMISSIBLE LOADS SIZE OF CABLE TRAY IN mm UNSUPPORTED FREE SPAN 600 WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS 1200 1600 2500 Maximum permissible uniformly distributed load in Kgs. Per running meter. 100 150 225 300 375 450 600 300 375 450 600 750 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1430 1458 1498 1450 1955 1958 1964 2680 1685 2689 2698 2707 249 355 362 371 380 483 483 481 664 664 664 664 666 156 159 160 162 210 210 208 290 290 289 289 287 87 88 89.4 91.3 116.7 110.7 110.4 161 161.3 158.9 157.1 155.7 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 900 600 750 900 62.5 75 75 75 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2716 3491 3513 3535 667 861 868 874 287 377 377 378 153.7 206.5 205.02 205.02 12.03.03 The maximum permissible point load at-mid-span may be obtained from the formula P=½*U*S Where P= maximum permissible point load in kgs. At mid-span. U= maximum permissible uniformly distributed load in kg per running meter. S= the particular free span in meter. In case of a span not listed above the corresponding maximum permissible uniformly distributed load may be found from the formula U=4* (U at 2 M span)/S Free spans exceeding 4.8 meter are not recommended. 13.00.00 SERVICES The vendor should be capable of providing supporting services as detailed in the following section. 13.01.01 TRAINING The vendor either at vendor’s premises or on site should provide standard training on all aspects of the system. 13.01.02 CONFIGURATION SERVICES The vendor should be able to supply all necessary configuration services if required including controller configuration, database configuration etc. 13.01.03 INSTALLATION SERVICES The vendor should be able to provide installation services for the system including validation services if necessary. 13.01.04 HARDWARE MAINTENANCE The vendor should be able to provide hardware maintenance and spare parts support if required. 13.01.05 SOFTWARE ENHANCEMENT & SOFTWARE SUPPORT The vendor should be able to provide a comprehensive software maintenance and enhancement programmed for on-going support of the system. 13.02.00 EXECUTION 13.02.01 INSTALLATION 250 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Installation shall be in accordance with IS: 2189 / NFPA 72, as specified and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. b) All conduit, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas and may be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors shall not be installed prior to the system programming and test period. If construction is ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to protect smoke detectors from contamination and physical damage. c) All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote annunciations shall be flush mounted when located in finished areas and may be surface mounted when located in unfinished areas. d) Bidder should note that entire job to be executed in new MALL building hence execution work to be carried out with due care. e) Bidder should also not that during execution in any false ceiling damage by contractor workmen, and then the same should be replaced / repaired by contractor up to the satisfaction of the engineering charge. 13.02.02 SUPERVISION OF WORK The contractors shall keep constantly at the work site a competent engineer or other such competent person as may be required to set the work and any direction or explanation given by the purchasers authorized representative to such persons in writing shall be held to have been given to the contractors. 13.02.03 INSPECTION OF WORK A site engineer would supervise the work constantly and /or inspection will be made periodically during the process of work by the representative/representatives ]authorized by Purchaser and all materials and workmanship must be of acceptable quality and efficiency to the said representatives. The decision of purchaser in this respect will however be final and binding on the contractors. All works under or in execution or executed in pursuance of this contract sale at all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the purchaser and their authorized representatives and agent. A site order book will be maintained by the purchaser’s site engineer at site and all instruction regarding defective works, deviations etc. will, if necessary, be recorded in such side order book and the contractors authorized site representative must sign in the site order book at the appropriate place provided for such purpose in taken of noting such instructions. 251 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 13.02.04 SAFETY MEASURES: a) Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works which cannot be safely done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra labour shall be engaged holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and shall be given an inclination not stepper than one-fourth to one (one-fourth horizontal and vertical). b) Scaffolding or staging more than 300 mm above the ground level of floor, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected in stationary support shall have a guard rail property attached, bolted braced and otherwise secured at least 900 mm high above the floor or platform of such scrap holding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of the materials. Such scrap holding or staging shall be show hastened to prevent it from sawing from the building or structure. c) Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipments. 13.02.05 TYPICAL OPERATION Activation of any manual station, smoke detector, thermal detector shall cause the following operations to occur unless otherwise specified. a) Activate all programmed speaker circuits. b) Activate strobe units until the panel is reset. c) Light the associated indicators corresponding to active speaker circuits. d) Duct type smoke detector shall, in addition to the above functions, shut down the ventilation system close associated control dampers as appropriate. 13.02.06 TEST a) The service of a competent, factory-trained engineer or technical shall be provided to technically supervise and participate during all of the adjustments and tests for the system. b) Correct connections should be checked for short circuits, ground faults, continuity and insulation tested for before energizing the cables and wires. c) Each sprinkler system flow valve should be closed and proper supervisory alarm verified at the FACP. d) Activation of flow switches should be verified. e) Initiating device circuits should be opened and trouble signal activation verified. 252 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm f) Signaling line circuits should be opened and trouble signal activation should be verified. g) Notification appliance circuits be opened and shorted, and trouble signal activation should be verified. h) Initiating device circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be verified. i) Signaling line circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be verified. j) Notification appliance circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be verified. k) Alert tone and pre-recorded voice massage to all alarm indicating devices should be checked. l) Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be introduced on the system. Verified the proper receipt and the proper processing of the signal at the FACP and the correct activation of the control points. m) Using the walk test, installation, supervision, and operation of all detectors should be checked. n) When the system is equipped with optional features, the manufacturer’s manual should be consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended to address such as verifying controls performed by individually addressed or grouped devices, sensitivity monitoring, and verification functionality and similar. 13.03.00 FINAL INSPECTION At the final inspection, a factory-trained representative of the major equipment manufacturer shall demonstrate that the systems function properly in every respect. 13.03.01 INSTRUCTION a) Instruction for operating the system shall be provided as required “Hands-on” demonstrations of the operation of all system components and the entire system including programmed changes and functions shall be provided. b) The contractor and /or the system manufacturer’s representative shall provide a type written, “Sequence of operation” to the owner. 253 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm A) FIRE WATER PUMPS 1.00 GENERAL INFORMATION a) Service Fire Protection b) Designation Fire Water Pump (Hydrant System) c) Duty Continuous d) Location Fire Pump House e) No. of pumps 3 Nos. Fire Pump (1 No. Electric motor driven Hydrant + 1 No. Diesel Engine driven as stand-by) +1 No. (Electric motor driven) Jockey Pump for pressurisation f) No. of pumps working parallel 1(one) g) Liquid handled Water h) Manufacturer As per approved make with TAC approved model 2.00 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT a) Rated capacity (m3/hr.) each 171 for Fire & 11 for pressurisation b) Total dynamic head at rated capacity 70 MWC c) Rated speed (RPM) 2900 /1500/1800 d) Range of operation of fire water 30% to 150% of rated pump capacity 3.00 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION 254 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm a) Casing Type Radically split / Axial split / end suction, preferably horizontal split case b) Impeller type Closed c) Type of gland lubrication & sealing Self d) External clarified water will be made available by purchaser for gland lubrication & sealing and bearing cooling Shaft sealing arrangement No e) f) Mechanical Seal h) Separate pump for stuffing box cooling/sealing No acceptable? Grease oil pump or overhead tank for bearing No lubrication acceptable? Type of pump-motor connection Direct i) Type of coupling Flexible, with coupling guard j) Mode of pump starting Discharge valve fully opened against NRV in g) pressurised condition k) 4.00 Motor power rating selection requirements Maximum of the following : a) 15% margin over the pump shaft input power at the rated duty point b) 5% margin over the maximum shaft input power required within the “Range of Operation” Materials of Construction a) Casing C.I. IS-210 FG-260 b) Impeller Phosphor Bronze to IS-28 Gr. 2 c) Wearing ring a) Casing Same as casing material b) Impeller Same as impeller material d) Shaft & shaft sleeve S.S. 410 e) Base plate M.S. IS-226 f) Stuffing box C.I. IS-210 FG-260 g) Companion flange Mild steel, IS-226 5.00 DRIVE DATA a) Power supply 415 V, 3 Ph., 50 Hz. b) Type of enclosure TEFC 255 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) Degree of protection IP-55 d) Class of insulation e) Type of cooling Class “F” but temperature rise limited to insulation Class “B” Air 6.00 a) TESTS & INSPECTION Material test required for a) Casing b) Impeller c) Shaft b) Type of Inspection Required c) For casing & impeller Dye penetration d) For shaft a) Ultrasonic b) Dye penetration e) Hydro Test Test pressure 2 times the duty point pressure or 1.5 times shut off head whichever is greater f) Duration of test As per applicable code g) Testing standard As per applicable code h) Dynamic balancing test Required 7.00 Performance test a) Testing standard As per applicable code. b) Test to be done on shop Proto-type c) Test to be done at site Full speed d) Performance test required for determining Head-Capacity, BHP, Efficiency, NPSH Curve e) Field performance test required Yes 8.00 SUPPLY OF ACCESSORIES AND SERVICE a) Base plate Yes b) Foundation bolts, nuts, sleeves etc. Yes c) Suction and discharge companion flanges with Yes bolts, nuts and gasket d) Gland sealing/cooling system complete with pipes, Yes valves, fittings and instruments as required 256 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm e) Bearing lubrication/cooling system complete with Yes all pipes, valves, fittings and instruments as required f) Suction pressure/vacuum gauge with isolating Yes cock g) Discharge pressure gauge with isolating cock Yes h) Priming connection with isolating cock NO i) Vent with isolating cock Yes j) Drain connection with valve Yes k) Pump-motor coupling guard Yes l) Eye bolts, lifting tackle etc. Yes m) Special tools and tackle Yes n) Spare parts (for 2 year’s operation) Yes o) Painting & protection coating Yes p) Erection service required Yes B) DIESEL ENGINE 1.00 GENERAL INFORMATION a) Type b) Nos. required Multi-cylinder, four stroke cycle with mechanical (airless) injection, cold starting 1 No. c) Duty Continuous, at full load for a period of at least 3 hours d) Location Indoor e) Engine speed 1500 rpm f) Engine starting mode Auto and manual g) Engine fuel High speed diesel oil as per IS-1460 h) Type of coupling Flexible, with coupling guard 2.00 a) Material of construction Base plate, crank case integral with cylinder Cast iron or fabricated steel block b) Cylinder head Alloy cast iron 257 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm c) Crank shaft, connecting rod Nitrated alloy-steel forging with integral balance weight d) Piston Alloy cast iron or forged aluminium alloy e) Piston ring Alloy cast iron f) Engine block Alloy cast iron or fabricated from boiler quality steel plates IS-2062 or equivalent g) Cam shaft Forged steel with integral cams h) Cylinder liners Alloy cast iron i) Inlet & exhaust valve system Special heat resisting steel with chrome flashing and valve heads are stellite faces j) Valve gear Alloy steel k) Fly wheel Cast iron : IS-210, Gr. FG 200 3.00 Fuel Oil Day Tank Particulars a) Location Outdoor b) End type Flat c) Nominal capacity As required for minimum four (4) hours of operation of engine at full load d) Nos. required One (1) e) Fabrication At shop f) Construction Welded g) Steel standard IS-226/IS-2062 h) Tank supplied by Bidder i) Code conforming to IS-804 j) Mountings All standard mountings and accessories k) Testing & Inspection As per relevant code 4.00 Speed control device provided Yes 5.00 Engine lubrication system provided Yes 6.00 Engine cooling system provided Yes 7.00 Fuel oil day tank provided Yes 8.00 Fuel oil injection system from oil day tank to Yes diesel engine provided 258 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 9.00 Engine to be provided with the following : a) Intake & exhaust duct work Yes b) Inlet filter & silencer Yes c) Outlet muffler, expansion joints, dampers etc. Yes d) All internal pipe works Yes NOTES: a) Diesel engine shall be complied with the requirements of fire protection manual issued by TAC. b) The continuous engine brake power rating (after accounting all auxiliary power consumption) at the site conditions shall be at least 20% greater than the requirement at the duty point of the pump at rated rpm and in no case, less than the maximum power requirement at any condition of operation of pump. c) The diesel engine shall be provided with adequate instrumentation. These shall include, but not limited to the following: i) Temperature indicator (contact type) in cooling water inlet and outlet. iii) Temperature indicator in lubricating oil outlet from the oil cooler. iv) Temperature indicator for each cylinder head. v) Pressure gauges (contact type) for lubricating oil systems. vi) Differential pressure gauges (contact type) across strainers. vii) Speed indicator. viii) Lubricating oil sump level indicator. ix) Fuel oil tank level indicator. x) Voltmeter and ammeter in battery charging circuit. d) The diesel engine panel shall provide followings : i) Battery module which will house two (2) sets of hermetically sealed, leak proof, lead – acid battery each of 100% capacity at the bottom most level of the panel. The nominal voltage of the battery shall be suitable for the requirement of the terminal voltage of the D.C. cranking motor (mounted on the skid of the engine). ii) Power supply module shall comprise of necessary float-cum-boost-charger for the two (2) sets of battery as specified above, terminal blocks, AC/DC power ON indication, necessary ammeters/voltmeters, push buttons/switches etc. as required to complete the section. 259 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm iii) Control module shall comprise of necessary relays/contactors for processing signal received from field mounted devices, necessary interlocks, terminal blocks for receiving both incoming/outgoing cables. Auto/manual selector switch, start/stop push-buttons, necessary indications as required to complete the section. iv) Annunciator Unit : This module/unit shall be complete with necessary total annunciation points (active points and 20% of active points as spare) with necessary controls cards. Accept /Reset/Test push buttons. e) The following will be the list of annunciation to be provided in the panel as minimum. Any other annunciations, which are necessary to complete the system, shall be incorporated by the bidder. f)  Low engine lube-oil pressure  High coolant temperature  Charger trouble  Battery trouble The following indications shall be provided in the control module as minimum :
AC power “ON”
DC power “ON”
Charger “ON” C) PIPING, VALVES AND SPECIALITIES Pipes 1.00 a) b) Underground / Over ground pipes Normally Charged with Water As per approved make list with ISI mark Manufacturer Materials of construction class and type of different sizes : I) 150 mm NB & below MS Black ERW pipes as per IS-1239 (Part-I) Medium Grade II) Above 150 mm NB c) NOTE : d) MS Black ERW pipe as per IS-3589, 6 mm wall thickness Ends Plain / Beveled Buried pipes shall be suitably covered and wrapped on the outside to prevent soil corrosion by providing either wrapping & coating as per the Purchaser’s requirement or by self-adhesive insulation type material of approved quality. This shall be done as per IS-10221. Types of joints I) For size 50 mm NB and below Socket welded / screwed 260 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm II) e) For size 65 mm NB and above Butt welded FITTINGS I) Manufacturer Reputed Indian make with ISI mark II) Type, Material and class for different sizes 2.00 a) 150 mm NB & below MS as per IS-1239 (Part-II) Heavy Grade b) Above 150 mm NB ANSI B16.9 FLANGES As per IS: 6392, Table-17 & 18 3.00 Gasket I) 4.00 Manufacturer Reputed Indian Make II) Code/standard IS-2712 III) Material of Construction Compressed Asbestos fibre IV) Minimum thickness 3 mm Valves a) Manufacturer As per approved make list with ISI mark b) Applicable standard a) Gate valve : IS-14846 b) Globe valve : IS-778 c) Check valve : IS-5312 c) Type, Size and Quantity Gate/Globe/Check valve as per system requirement d) Pressure rating PN 1.6 e) Method of actuation Hand wheel operated f) Construction As per applicable codes & Data Specification Sheet g) Stem type Non-rising h) End connection Flanged for sizes for 50 mm NB & above i) Body and bonnet connection type Bolted type j) Seat ring renewable Yes Material of Construction a) Body/bonnet & cover Cast Iron b) Wedge/disc SS as per AISI-410 c) Seating surface stilted Yes 261 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 5.00 d) Hinge pin (for check valve) SS as per AISI-410 e) Back seat/ring SS as per AISI-410 f) Hand wheel Cast Iron to IS-210 Gr. FG-200 g) Bolt & nuts Carbon steel as per IS-1367 h) Gaskets Compressed asbestos fiber i) Gland packing Compressed asbestos fiber j) Counter flange As per IS: 6392 Table 17 & 18 Fire Hydrant Valve with Stand Post a) Manufacturer As per approved make list with ISI mark b) Type Stand post type single headed c) Code/standard IS-5290 type-A d) Working pressure 7.0 kg/cm2(g) e) Hydrostatic test pressure As per IS: 5290 f) Size 63 mm NB g) Material of Construction I. Stand post column MS as per IS-1239 (Pt.-1), Medium Grade II. Hydrant valve body SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I III. Hydrant valve internal SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I IV. Hand wheel Cast Iron FG 200 as per IS-210 V. Cap with chain ABS plastic VI. Quick coupling end SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I VII. Valve to be approved by BIS? Yes 6.00 Hose Pipes a) Manufacturer As per approved make with ISI marked b) Type RRL woven jacket, Type-A as per IS-636 c) Code/Standard IS-636 d) Working pressure 7.0 kg/cm2(g) e) Hydrostatic Test Pressure As per code f) Burst Pressure As per code g) Size and length of hose 63 mm NB x 15 metre long 262 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm h) Number to be provided Two (2) nos. for each hydrant point i) Quick coupling end Instantaneous spring lock type quick coupling of SS construction at both end. j) 7.00 Hose pipes to be approved by ISI Yes Branch Pipes, Nozzles and Nozzles Spanner a) Manufacturer As per approved make with ISI marked. b) Code/Standard IS-903/IS-2871 c) Working pressure 7.0 kg/cm2(g) d) Hydrostatic Test Pressure As per code e) Size and quantity f) a) Branch pipe 63 mm NB two (2) nos. for each hydrant point g) b) Nozzles One (1) set of nozzles for each hydrant h) c) Spanner One (1) no. for each hydrant point i) NOTE : Further quantity of spares of above items as required to meet the TAC rules shall also be supplied by the Contractor. j) 8.00 Material of Construction i. Branch pipes SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I ii. Nozzles SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I iii. Spanner Steel of grade C-35 and C-40 of IS-1570 iv. Above items to be approved by ISI Yes FIRST AID HOSE REEL a) Manufacturer As per approved list b) Size 36.5 M long, 25 mm dia. c) Codes/standard IS: 884 swinging type d) Accessories Rubber tubing complete with drum, nozzles, shut off cock etc. 9.00 HOSE BOXES a) Manufacturer As per approved make b) Size To be indicated by the Bidder c) Material of Construction MS (16 SWG) Sheet and 3 mm thick glass panel in front 263 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm with lock and key d) Mounting Wall/column/stand post e) NOTE : The bidder shall offer the item with suitable construction and finishes to match the architectural finishes and decor of the buildings where these items shall be installed. 10.00 PRESSURE GAUGE a) Type Bourdon b) Size element material SS – 316/phosphor Bronze c) Movement Material SS/non-ferrous for phosphor Bronze Bourdon d) Socket Material Stainless steel e) End connection f) Dial size The element shall be connected to the socket by Argon are welding 150 mm g) Case & Bezel Dia cast Aluminium weather-proof to IP – 55 h) Window Colourless transparent glass of 3 mm thickness i) Accuracy 1% FSD at 27 Deg. C + 5 Deg. C. j) Process connection ½” NPT Bottom/Back k) Accessories Micrometer zero adjusting screw. l) Over-range protection 25% of span m) Applicable standard IS- 3624-1979 11.00 PRESSURE SWITCH a) Type Blind b) Sensing element Bellows/diaphragm c) Materials of sensing element SS d) Enclosure Material Mfg. STD. e) Enclosure class IEC : IP –66 & NEMA-4 f) Process connection ½” NPT g) Mounting Direct h) Switch type & set point i) Switch rating Snap acting micro switch, SPDT type with hermetically sealed enclosure. Set point adjustable throughout the range. 5 Amps. at 240 V AC j) Different Adjustable 264 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm k) Electrical connection ¾” ET l) Repeatability 1% of range m) Contact 1 NO + 1 NC Changeover 12.00 FLOW SWITCH a) Type Paddle type Mounting On-line with 1” NPT (M) connection Switch configuration Two nos. SPDT Switch rating 240V 5A AC Stich type Magnetically operated in hermetically sealed enclosure Set point adjustability Throughout range Repeatability 2.0% of F.S.D. or better Paddle material AISI 316 stainless steel Enclosure type NEM A-4/IP-65 Cable connection ¾” Conduit connectioin 13.00 STRAINER a) Manufacturer As per approved make b) Type Simplex basket / “Y” type c) Code/standard As per manufacturer’s standard d) Size Bidder to indicate e) Working pressure 7 kg/cm2(g) f) Hydraulic test pressure 14 kg/cm2(g) g) Pressure drop across the strainer 1.5 MWC h) Material of Construction a) Body MS fabricated IS-226 tested quality b) Internal SS-30 mesh suitably reinforced c) Strainer area 4 times pipe cross sectional area d) Accessories Drain and vent valve e) Painting : Internal Two (2) coats of anti corrosive paint External Two (2) coats of synthetic enamel paint over 2 coats of red oxide primer 265 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm D) PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1.00 WATER TYPE (GAS PRESSURE) PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER a) Code/Standard IS-940 b) Operation Upright c) Capacity 9.0 Litres d) Body Cylindrical with mild steel materials of construction. Dish and dome welded and riveted to body. e) Cap Brass f) Anticorrosive treatment Internally treated with corrosion resistant material/lead coated or dipped. g) Plunger Rod SS with knob at top and sharp piercing pin at the other end. The length of rod shall be adequate to penetrate the diaphragm of carbon-di-oxide cartridge when actuated. h) Gas Cartridge 60 gms - 80 gms of carbon-di-oxide gas sealed. i) Siphon tube Copper/brass/SS going upto the bottom of extinguisher. j) Discharge tube with nozzle Tube to be fitted on side of rubber of minimum 75 cm. long. k) Discharge nozzle Gun metal made l) Approval Extinguisher shall have ISI markings. 2.00 CARBON-DI-OXIDE TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER a) Code/Standard IS-2878 b) Operation Upright c) Capacity 4.5 kg. d) Discharge Time Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec. e) Body Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285. f) Discharge valve Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224. g) Discharge hose h) Discharge horn Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter. The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control discharge. Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction 266 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm i) 3.00 Approval shall be polyethylene, fiberglass or similar materials. The extinguisher body to have identification number. Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete equipment shall have ISI marking and TAC approval. DRY POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER a) Code/Standard IS-2171 b) Operation Upright c) Capacity 5 kg. d) Discharge Time Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec. e) Body Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285. f) Discharge valve g) Discharge hose h) Discharge horn i) Approval Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224. Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter. The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control discharge. Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction shall be polyethylene, fibreglass or similar materials. The extinguisher body to have identification number. Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete equipment shall have ISI marking. 4.00 ABC POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER a) b) c) d) e) f) Code/Standard Operation Capacity Discharge Time Body Discharge valve g) Discharge hose h) Discharge horn i) Approval IS-13849 Upright 4.5 kg. Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec. Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285. Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224. Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter. The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control discharge. Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction shall be polyethylene, fiberglass or similar materials. The extinguisher body to have identification number. Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete equipment shall have ISI marking. 267 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm CODES & STANDARD FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM The design, manufacture, inspection & testing of fire detection, Fire Protection system & accessories under this specification shall comply with the requirements of the latest applicable Indian/British/American standards. Where applicable, the publications listed below form a part of this specification. The publications are referenced in text by the basic designation only. The following standards/codes shall be followed in particular. 1 FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL ISSUED BY TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC). 2 NFPA-14 Standard for the installation of stand pipe, Private Hydrant and hose system, 3 IS: 1520 Horizontal centrifugal pumps for clear, cold& fresh water. 4 BS: 599 Method of testing pumps. 5 IS: 325 Three Phase Induction Motors. 6 IS: 900 Code of practice for installation & Maintenance of Induction Motors. 7 IS: 4029 Guide for testing three phase Induction Motors/ 8 IS: 3043 Code of Practice for Earthing. 9 10 IS: 10000 Codes of constant speed internal combustion engines . (Pt 1 to 12) BS: 5514 Naturally Charged / Turbo Charged Engine 11 IS-2906 Sluice valves for water works purpose (350 to 1200 mm size). 12 IS-3589 Electricity welded steel pipes for water, gas & sewage (200 to 2000 mm nominal diameter). 13 IS-4927 Unlined flax canvas hose for Fire Fighting. 14 IS-5290 Landing valves (internal hydrant). 15 IS-5312 Swing check type reflux (non return) valves (part II). 16 IS-1239 Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings. 17 IS-5306 Code of practice for fire extinguishing installations and equipment on premises. 18 IS: 1554 Specification for cables. 19 IS: 3043 Specification for Earthling. 20 IS: 5 Colour code 21 IS-14846 Sluice valves for water works purpose (50 to 300 mm). 22 IS-2685 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of sluice valves. 23 IS: 5888 Code of practice for design and construction of fire service drill-tower 24 IS: 2410 Suction hose of rubber for fire services 25 IS: 3594 Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building general storage, warehousing & cold 268 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 26 IS: 3844 storages Code of practice for installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants and hose real in premises 27 IS-2643 Dimension of pipe threads for fastening purposes. 28 IS: 8423 Controlled percolating hose for fire fighting 29 IS: 905 Delivery breechings dividing and collecting instantaneous pattern for firefighting purpose. 30 IS-554 Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on the threads. 31 IS-638 Sheet rubber joining and rubber insertion joining. 32 IS-778 Gunmetal gate, globe and check valves for general purpose. 33 IS: 3808 Method of test for non-combustibility of building materials. 34 IS: 4226 Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building aluminum/ magnesium powder factories 35 IS: 3595 Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building coal pulverizes and associate equipments 36 IS: 1646 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (gen) Exit requirements and personal hazard. 37 IS: 1641 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings 38 IS: 2406 Code of practice for fire safety of non – industrial buildings. 39 IS: 9109 Code of practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: paint and varnish factories 40 IS: 3034 Fire safety of industrial buildings: Electrical generating and distributing stations 41 IS: 11457 Code of practice for fire safety of chemical industries: Part 1 Rubber and Plastic 42 IS: 13405 Code of practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: flour mills 43 IS: 1536 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage. 44 IS: 13039 External hydrant system provision and maintenance code of practice 45 IS: 10548 Plans for Fire control and life saving equipment symbols 46 IS: 5869 Code of practice for selection operation and maintenance of special fire fighting appliances 47 IS: 3582 Basket strainers for firefighting purpose (cylindrical type) 48 IS: 2871 Specification for branch pipe universal for firefighting purpose. 49 IS: 901 Coupling double male and double female instantaneous pattern for fire fighting 50 IS: 902 Suction nose coupling for firefighting purpose 51 IS-903 Fire house delivery couplings, branch pipe, nozzles and nozzle spanner. 52 IS: 2217 Recommendations for providing first-aid fire fighting arrangement in public building 53 IS: 907 Suction strainers, cylindrical type for firefighting purposes 54 IS: 908 Fire hydrant, stand post type 55 NBCC NATIONAL BUILDING CODE (PART – IV ) 269 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm CODES & STANDARD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM The design, manufacture, inspection & testing of fire detection, Fire Protection system & accessories under this specification shall comply with the requirements of the latest applicable Indian/British/American standards. Where applicable, the publications listed below form a part of this specification. The publications are referenced in text by the basic designation only. The following standards/codes shall be followed in particular. A) BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS (a) IS: 2189- Code of Practice for Selection, installation and maintenance of automatic fire detection System (b) IS: 1646- Code of practice for fire safety of building (General) : Electrical Installation. (c) IS:3034- Code or practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: Electrical generating & Distributing Stations B) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) – USA (a) No.70 – 90 or 70 – 93 :National Electrical Code (NEC) (b) No 72 –National Fire Alarm Code. (c) No.101 Life Safety Code. C) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – USA (a) UL 50 : Cabinets and Boxes (b) UL 268 : Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (c) UL 864 : Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (d) UL 268A : Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. (e) UL 521:Thermal Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (f) UL 28:Door Closers-Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (g) UL 464: Audible Signaling Appliances. (h) UL 38: Manually Activated Signaling Boxes. (i) UL 1481:Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Boxes. (j) UL 1971:Visual Notification Appliances. 270 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 1.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED BY CPWD 1.1 Civil Engineering Works CPWD Specification 2009 Vol. I & II. These Specifications have replaced CPWD Specifications 1996 along with Correction Slips issued on them. These Specifications cover all types of Building Works. The specifications are available as a printed document issued by CPWD and also in soft copy PDF Format in CPWD website. 1.2 Electrical Engineering Works Part No. I II III IV V VI VII Description Year of issue Internal External Lifts and Escalators Sub Stations Wet Riser and Sprinkler Systems Heating, Ventilations & Air Conditioning Works D.G.Sets 2005 1994 2003 2007 2006 2005 2006 The above documents are available as Priced Document issued by CPWD and in soft copy PDF Format in CPWD website. 2.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS TRANSPORT ISSUED BY MINISTRY OF SURFACE Specifications for Road and Bridge works (Fourth Revision) August 2001 have been published by Indian Road Congress as a priced document. These Specification cover exhaustively various Road and Bridge works. 3.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED BY INDIAN RAILWAYS Railway Board vide their letter No. 2009/LMD/01/03 dated 14/01/2010 have advised that they have approved issue of “Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications or Materials and works with corresponding Indian Railways Unified Standard Schedule of items (for rates of Materials and works)”. These documents are to be published by Northern Railway on behalf of Railway Board after the Zonal Railways have made out “Schedule of Rates” as applicable to them based on “Standard Analysis of Rates of items”. These Specification however cover only Building and Road works generally on the lines of CPWD and Ministry of Surface Transport. They do not cover Track works which are governed by Manuals and RDSO/Indian Railway Specifications. Pending publication of Unified Standard Specifications, the specifications issued by the zonal Railways will be applicable. 4.0 SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS) (NOT 271 COVERED BY ANY STANDARD Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART-1 SECTION -6 DRAWINGS 272 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SECTION -6 DRAWINGS LIST OF DRAWINGS ENCLOSED SL. DRAWING NO. NO. FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM TITLE CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 001 FLOW DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 2. CONSUL - S/R – HYD- 001-1 GA OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 3. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 002 SCHEME OF PUMPING SYSTEM FOR HYDRANT SYSTEM CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003 G. A. OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003-1 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL 6. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 004 SCHEME OF PUMP HOUSE 7. CONSUL - S/R – HYD- 002-1 ISOMETRIC OF FIRE WATER SYSTEM 1. 4. 5. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 8. 9. CONSUL - S/R - FA - 001 CONCEPTUAL DRAWING FOR INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONSUL - S/R - FA - 002 LAYOUT OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 273 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART - 2 FINANCIAL BID 274 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART - 2 FINANCIAL BID SCHEDULE (BILL OF QUANTITIES) NAME OF WORK:- Design, manufacturing, delivery to site, storage at site, erection, testing and commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B. POINTS TO BE NOTED WHILE QUOTING RATES 1) Where Tender has been invited on Percentage Rate basis, percentages on the Estimated Cost (whether above or below or at par) are to be quoted for each of the Schedules. 2) Quoted prices should also include all govt. levis, taxes (except Services Tax on Works Contract) duties, Cess, rents, compensation and maintenance charges of environment / ecology, royalty, restoration, any other compensation etc, if any, required to be paid for accomplishment of the project successfully. 3) Quoted price should include all cost components for use and hire charges of miscellaneous items, lubricants, fuel consumables, labour, plants, machineries, equipments, tools and tackles, jigs, fixtures, barricades, etc. 4) Quoted price should include cost of all components whether permanently installed in the works or temporarily utilised or of consumable nature, all labour and all costs involved in acquisition, maintenance and operation of all Equipments, machine, Tools etc with all incidental costs. 5) Quoted price should also include the cost component on account of first fill of lubricants as required for trial, testing and commissioning of the system. 6) The prices quoted by the Contractor will be applicable for the entire period of contract including extensions, if any, granted and nothing extra will be paid. The quoted price will remain firm till completion of the work. 275 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm PART – 2 (FINANCIAL BID) SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES (PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER) Sl. Schedule No. No 1 Estimated Cost (In Rs.) SUB HEAD – I : 41,35,400.00 HYDRANT SYSTEM (Rupees forty one lakh thirty five thousand four hundred only) Quoted rates by bidders (Percentage above or below/At Par) Rate quoted are ______________ % (in figures) ________________________(in words) above /below/at par * on Sub-Head – 1 2 SUB HEAD – II: PUMP HOUSE EQUIPMENTS 20,40,750.00 (Rupees twenty lakh forty thousand seven hundred fifty only) Rate quoted are ________________% (in figures) ________________________((in words) above /below/at par * on Sub-Head-II 3 SUB HEAD-III & IV: (PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER & FIRE ALARM SYSTEM) Total estimated cost of Sub-Head-I to IV 23,41,900.00 (Rupees twenty three lakh forty one thousand nine hundred only) 85,18,050.00 Rate quoted are _____________ % (in figures) ________________________(in words) above /below /at par* on Sub-Head-III & IV Rs._______________________________________ (Rupees __________________________________ TOTAL QUOTED COST OF SUB HEAD (I) __________________________________________) TO (IV) BASED ON PERCENTAGE QUOTED (RUPEES) * Strike out which are not applicable i) Signature of Authorised signatory of Tenderer ii) Name of the signatory iii) Name and Seal of Tenderer iv) Date v) Place Note: TENDERERS ARE REQUESTED TO QUOTE THEIR RATE IN THIS PAGE ONLY AND NOT IN SCHEDULES, BASIC RATES HAS BEEN SHOWN IN SCHEDULES FOR GUIDENCE 276 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES SL. NO 1 2 3 4 5 DESCRIPTION OF WORK QTY. SUB HEAD – I : HYDRANT SYSTEM UNDERGROUND PIPING: Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of M.S. Pipes (conforming IS: 1239, part-I (Medium Grade) & 3589, the pipes being laid in trenches supports complete with fittings (conforming to IS: 1239, part-II, Heavy Grade) bends, tees, flanges as per IS: 6392, Table17 and all necessary accessories complete with excavation & back filling, wrapping & coating. Flanged/Screwed/Welded type of joint. a. 200 NB b. 150 NB c. 100 NB d. 80 NB ABOVE GROUND PIPING: Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of M.S. Pipes (conforming IS: 1239, part-I, Medium Grade) the pipes being fixed on the walls or suspended from the ceiling with angle iron supports complete with fittings (conforming to IS: 1239, part-II, Heavy Grade) bends, tees, flanges as per IS: 6392, Table-17 and all necessary accessories complete with 2 coats of P.O. Red Synthetic enamel paint followed by 2 coats of Primer. Flanged/Screwed/Welded type of joint. a) 200 NB d) 150 NB d) 80 NB Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of Hume pipe a) 400 mm Dia b) 300 mm NB Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI Marked STAINLESS STEEL LANDING VALVE with all accessories Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI Marked STAINLESS STEEL single headed yard hydrant valve with all accessories. 277 UNIT UNIT PRICE Total Price ( RS.) ( RS.) 2800.00 1176000.00 1800.00 1368000.00 1200.00 36000.00 950.00 133000.00 420 760 30 140 M. M. M. M. 12 24 30 M. M. M. 2600.00 31200.00 1700.00 40800.00 800.00 24000.00 140 30 4 M. M. Sets. 1900.00 266000.00 1500.00 45000.00 6000.00 24000.00 28 Sets. 6000.00 168000.00 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 6 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED 15 M long x 63 Dia. Hose. The Hose shall be reinforced rubber lined, woven jacketed type conforming to IS: 636 Type A. With STAINLESS STEEL couplings. 7 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED 7.5 M long x 63 Dia. Hose. The Hose shall be RRL Woven Jacket Hose (IS: 636). Type - A with STAINLESS STEEL. Couplings. 8 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED STAINLESS STEEL WATER BRANCH PIPE WITH NOZZLE. The general design and construction of branch pipes and nozzles shall comply with IS: 903 (latest revision). Nozzles shall be constructed of Stainless Steel. The nozzle sizes shall be of not less than 16 mm in diameter, nor more than 25 mm in diameter. Branch pipes shall be constructed of Stainless Steel and have rings at both the ends. 9 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of 30 liters Foam Jaricane filled with Aqueous film forming Foams (AFFF) 10 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of STAINLESS STEEL FOAM MAKING BRANCH PIPE WITH NOZZLE. It should operate from a water supply of 230 l/min at 5.5 bars to produce approximately 2270 l/min. of foam, whilst inducing 3% or 6% foam liquid via a 3m long piercer pick-up tube which to be supplied with the branch pipe. The branch pipe must incorporates a water shut-off valve and an easily adjustable concentration control valve enabling 6% or 3% induction rates or premix operation to be selected. The unit must be versatile but simple to operate and maintain. 11 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 25 NB AIR RELEASE VALVE on riser. The Air Release valves shall be of direct spring loaded pop type and shall have a tight, positive and precision closing and shall be provided with a manual lifting lever. Valves shall be constructed and adjusted to permit the fluid to escape without increasing the pressure beyond 10 percent above the set blow off pressure and shall reset at a pressure not less than 2.5 percent and not more than 5 percent of the set pressure. The seat and disc of safety valve shall however be of suitable material to resist corrosion. The seat of the valves shall be fastened to the body of the valves in such a way that there is no possibility of seat lifting. 278 56 Sets. 4200.00 235200.00 8 Sets. 3000.00 24000.00 32 Nos. 2200.00 70400.00 6 Sets. 5000.00 30000.00 6 Sets. 6000.00 36000.00 2 Nos. 3500.00 7000.00 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 12 Fabrication, supply erection & commissioning of wall mounted type M.S.HOSE BOX (INTERNAL). The hose box shall be capable to accommodate 2 Nos. 7.5M long hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes, nozzles, spanner etc. will be kept in a hose box, which will be located near point of use. Cabinet shall be fabricated from 16 SWG MS sheet with necessary reinforced strip. Cabinet shall have glass (3 mm. Thick) fronted hinged door with handle, hammer with chain & key. Cabinet shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush inside outside then painted with 2 coats of synthetic red enamel paint for outside and white for inside followed by 2 coats of red lead primer. Box should be supplied with supports suitable for wall mountings. 13 Fabrication, supply erection & commissioning of wall mounted type M.S.HOSE BOX (EXTERNAL). The hose box shall be capable to accommodate 2 Nos. 15M long hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes, nozzles, spanner etc. will be kept in a hose box, which will be located near point of use. Cabinet shall be fabricated from 16 SWG MS sheet with necessary reinforced strip. Cabinet shall have glass (2 mm. Thick) fronted hinged door with handle, hammer with chain & key. Cabinet shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush inside outside then painted with 2 coats of synthetic red enamel paint for outside and white for inside followed by 2 coats of red lead primer. Box should be supplied with supports suitable for wall mountings. 14 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED SLUICE VALVE conforming to IS: 14846. PN-1.6 with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender Specification. a) 200 NB d) 150 NB c) 100 NB 15 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of valve chamber for Sluice valve as per Tender Specification& Drawings. 16 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of NON RETURN VALVE as per IS: 5312 with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender Specification. a. 100 NB 279 4 Nos. 3200.00 12800.00 28 Nos. 4000.00 112000.00 2 6 2 8 Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. 22000.00 44000.00 15000.00 90000.00 10000.00 20000.00 8000.00 64000.00 2 Nos. 9000.00 18000.00 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 17 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 3WAY FIRE BRIGADE INLET connections complete with all accessories as per IS: 904. For riser. 1 No. 7000.00 7000.00 18 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2WAY DRAW OUT TYPE VALVE for Fire water reservoir complete with all accessories. 1 No. 20000.00 20000.00 19 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 4WAY FIRE BRIGADE INLET for filling Fire water reservoir complete with all accessories. 1 No. 8000.00 8000.00 20 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Steel 1 structure for Pipe Support as per Tender Specification & Drawings. TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – I SUB HEAD – II : PUMP HOUSE EQUIPMENTS 1 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal centrifugal type MOTOR DRIVEN FIRE PUMP of capacity 171 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 2900 RPM along with followings : Lot. 25000.00 25000.00 a) Suitable rated Motor, b) Common base plate, c) Coupling, d) Coupling guard, e) Foundation Bolts, f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to complete in all respect) 2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal centrifugal type ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMP of capacity 171 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 1800 RPM along with : a) Suitable rated Engine, b) Common base plate, c) Coupling, d) Coupling guard, e) Foundation Bolts, f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to complete in all respect) 3 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal centrifugal type MOTOR DRIVEN JOCKEY PUMP of capacity 11 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 2900 RPM along with : a) b) c) d) 4135400.00 1 Set 225000.00 225000.00 1 Set 625000.00 625000.00 Suitable rated Engine, Common base plate, Coupling, Coupling guard, 280 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm e) Foundation Bolts, f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to complete in all respect) 1 Set 80000.00 80000.00 1 2 2 5 1 No. 30000.00 30000.00 Nos. 22000.00 44000.00 Nos. 15000.00 30000.00 Nos. 7500.00 37500.00 No. 6000.00 6000.00 2 1 Nos. 14000.00 28000.00 No. 5500.00 5500.00 6 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of suction strainer with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Construction of strainer shall be as per Tender Specification. a. 250 NB 1 No. 30000.00 30000.00 7 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of PRESSURE SWITCH with all accessories like root valves, 3way gauge valve, damping coil etc as detailed in Technical Specification & Drawings for Pumping System. RT Model of INDFOSS makes, suitable to high-pressure line. To be mounted on water line for auto start – stop of fire pump. 4 NOS. 4000.00 16000.00 8 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of PRESSURE GAUGE with all accessories like root valves, 3way gauge valve, damping coil etc as detailed in Technical Specification & Drawings. The scale shall be in metric units. Accuracy shall be 1.0 percent of full-scale range or better conforming to IS: 3624-1979. 4 Nos. 2000.00 8000.00 9 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of 15 NB ROOT VALVE. 12 Nos. 1500.00 18000.00 4 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED SLUICE VALVE conforming to IS: 14846. PN-1.6 with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender Specification. a. 250 NB b. 200 NB b. 150 NB c. 80 NB d. 50 NB 5 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of NON RETURN VALVE as per IS: 5312 with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender Specification. a). 150 NB b). 50 NB 281 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 10 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of VACUUM GAUGE with all accessories like root valves, 3way gauge valve, damping coil etc as per tender specification. The scale shall be in metric units. Accuracy shall be 1.0 percent of full-scale range or better conforming to IS: 3624-1979. 4 Nos. 3000.00 12000.00 11 1 Set 550000.00 550000.00 50 30 M. M. 850.00 42500.00 400.00 12000.00 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of COMPOSITE MCC PANEL as per technical specification & DRG. No. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003 & CONSUL - S/R HYD - 003-1 12 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of POWER CABLE (AI) from switchgear panel to motors complete with glands, lugs etc. as per tender specification a) 3CX110 mm2 b) 3CX25 mm2 13 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of CONTROL CABLE from various instruments to composite panel. as per tender specification & DRG. a. 2C x 2.5 mm2 b. 12C x 2.5 mm2 14 Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of M.S. Suction and Delivery pipes (conforming IS: 1239, part-I, Medium Grade) the pipes being fixed on the walls or suspended from the ceiling with angle iron supports complete with fittings (conforming to IS: 1239, part-II, Heavy Grade) bends, tees, flanges as per IS: 6392,Table18 & all necessary accessories complete with 2 coats of P.O. Red Synthetic enamel paint followed by 2 coats of Primer. Flanged/Screwed type of joint. a. 250 NB b. 200 NB c. 150 NB d. 80 NB e. 50 NB 150 25 24 24 24 15 15 M. 150.00 M. 800.00 M. M. M. M. M. 22500.00 20000.00 3200.00 76800.00 2600.00 62400.00 1700.00 40800.00 800.00 12000.00 450.00 6750.00 TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – II 2040750.00 HEAD – III : PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 4.5 Kg. Cap. CO2 type Fire Extinguisher (ISI marked) complete with tube horn etc.(ISI marked), handle , fixing bracket & other accessories. 282 20 Nos. 7500.00 150000.00 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm 2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 5.0 Kg. Cap. DCP type Fire Extinguisher (ISI marked) complete with tube horn etc. handle, fixing bracket & other accessories. 3 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 9.0 litrs. Cap. Mechanical Foam Fire Extinguisher (IS: 10204 / 15397) complete with CO2 cartridge GM cap, ½ meter discharge tube & nozzle (ISI marked), handle , fixing bracket & other accessories. 20 Nos. 3000.00 60000.00 9 Nos. 2500.00 22500.00 Nos. 4800.00 307200.00 Nos. 3800.00 148200.00 Nos. 4000.00 120000.00 Nos. 4200.00 21000.00 Nos. 4200.00 63000.00 M. 150.00 375000.00 SUB HEAD – VI: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 64 Analogue addressable Type MULTI SENSOR (UL LISTED), complete with base, mounting box, Gland and all other required accessories. 2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 39 Analogue addressable Type MANUAL CALL POINT (UL LISTED) complete with monitor module, mounting box, gland, lugs, etc. 3 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 30 HOOTER (UL LISTED), complete with base, mounting box, gland, lugs, etc. 4 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of FAULT 5 ISOLATOR MODULE (UL LISTED), Complete with all respect. 5 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 15 Intelligent Type ZONE INTERFACE CONTROL RELAY MODULE (UL LISTED) complete with base, mounting box, gland and all other accessories. 6 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2C x 1.5 2500 mm2 Cu. Ar. Control Cable. (FOR LOOP) 7 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2C x 1.5 1500 mm2 Cu. Ar. Control Cable. (FOR POWER ) M. 150.00 225000.00 8 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE type MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (UL LISTED) ( networking facility with repeater panel) comprising of the following: a) MULTI Loop Main Fire Alarm panel complete with enclosure, CPU, Loop interface boards display unit etc. b) Video display Terminal and controllers with Set 850000.00 850000.00 283 1 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm Software, Monitor, Printer as per specification. c) Audio message generator as per specification d) Speaker control circuit as per specification. e) Prerecorded evacuation message voice chip. f) SMF type battery along with charger. g) Other items as mentioned in the specification. h) Licensed operating Panel software i) Surge Protection/CVT before Mains power to the panel TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – III & IV GRAND TOTAL 2341900.00 8518050.00 Note: (For Sub-Head I, II & III) 1. Inspection: All the above items including additional items, if any, would be inspected by RITES/QA Division at manufacturer’s premises prior to dispatch. 1% of the supply cost of the materials plus Service Tax would be paid by the manufacturer towards inspection fees. On receipt of GR note & IC proportionate payment as per payment schedule would be made. 2. In case any item(s) not mentioned in this schedule, but is required to fulfil the specification requirement, bidder should include the same in his quoted price. Bidder should mention those items separately in this schedule; however, no extra cost would be paid for additional items. 3. Site work would be inspected and monitored by RITES Project Division and prepare measurement, record all details and certify for payment. 4. Successful bidder has to design, detail engineering & preparation of detail shop drawing for systems mentioned above based on the specification, synopsis & bill of materials, AFTER OBTAINING APPROVAL OF DRAWING & DATA SHEETS OF PUMP, MOTOR, ENGINE, & OTHER INSTRUMENTS / ACCESSORIES FROM PURCHASER / CONSULTANT AND TO INCORPORATE FOLLOWING: i. ii. iii. iv. STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS (SLIDING / GUIDE / ANCHOR) AS PER SPECIFICATION / GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICE. INSTRUMENT / ACCESSORIES APPROCHABLE FROM THE WALKWAY PLATFORM. CABLE TRAY INSIDE CABLE TRENCHES FOR POWER AND CONTROL CABLE SUPPORTS TO BE PROVIDED AS PER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION. 5. PIPE SIZES SHOWN IN THE TENDER DRAWNGS ARE INDICATIVE AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT ONLY. BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT. HOWEVER BIDDER HAS TO JUSTIFY THE PIPE SIZES WITH HYDRAULIC CALCULATION AS PER TAC RULES. IN CASE TO SATISFY THE TAC RULES, THE PIPE SIZES BECOMING MORE THAN MINIMUM REQUIREMENT, BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THE SAME WITHOUT ANY EXTRA PRICE. 6. Bidder has to sign each & every page of technical specification & Drawings as an acceptance of specification. Signature of the tenderer 284 Under the seal of the firm 7. IT IS BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO GET THE APPROVAL OF SYSTEM FROM WEST BENGAL FIRE SERVICE TO GET FINAL NOC. Note: (For Sub Head-IV) 2. Bidder has to select the number of loops based on their technical parameters of their equipment. However, following criteria should also be taken care by bidder while selecting the numbers of detectors & devices per loop. 3. Each loop shall have a provision to provide 10 percent detector in future i.e. in case a loop has a capacity to connect 100 Nos of detectors, therefore in each loop bidder can provide maximum 90 Nos of detectors at present. 4. Similarly, each loop shall have a provision to provide 10 percent devices in future, i.e. in case a loop has a capacity to connect 100 Nos. of devices, therefore in each loop bidder can provide maximum 90 Nos. of devices at present. 5. While selecting the Nos. of loop bidder has to consider the building layout so that cable run can be made minimum. 6. It is not possible to describe all details in this schedule; Bidder should go in details of specification and quote accordingly. 7. In case any item(s) not mentioned in this schedule, but is required to fulfill the specification requirement, bidder should include the same in his quoted price. 8. 9. Bidder should mention those items separately in this schedule, however, no extra cost would be paid for additional items. Successful bidder has to design, detail engineering & preparation of detail shop drawing for systems mentioned above based on the specification. 10. Bidder has to sign each and every page of technical specification as an acceptance of specification. 11. IT IS BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO GET THE APPROVAL OF SYSTEM FROM LOCAL FIRE SERVICES. 12. STAGE PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR SUB HEAD I TO IV: For each item referred to in Sub Head I to IV, based on the unit cost indicated and the number of units arranged, payment will be effected on the following basis. i) On supply and proof of availability at site with IC against indemnity bond on duly notarised Non-judicial stamp paper that the material supplied would be used for fire fighting system of SRBWIPL at SGW, Kulti. 65% of accepted unit rate ii) On erection/installation 20% of the accepted unit rate iii) On commissioning 10% of the accepted unit rate iv) On handing over 5% of the accepted unit rate 285 Signature of the tenderer Under the seal of the firm